blob: 07ea1d0f6629133d41ae7b2e90c512ae1c134e1c [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001//===- CodeGenPrepare.cpp - Prepare a function for code generation --------===//
2//
Chandler Carruth2946cd72019-01-19 08:50:56 +00003// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00006//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8//
9// This pass munges the code in the input function to better prepare it for
Gordon Henriksen829046b2008-05-08 17:46:35 +000010// SelectionDAG-based code generation. This works around limitations in it's
11// basic-block-at-a-time approach. It should eventually be removed.
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +000012//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000015#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
16#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000017#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000018#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
19#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000020#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
21#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000022#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +000023#include "llvm/Analysis/BlockFrequencyInfo.h"
24#include "llvm/Analysis/BranchProbabilityInfo.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000025#include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000026#include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h"
Chuang-Yu Chengd3fb38c2016-04-05 14:06:20 +000027#include "llvm/Analysis/LoopInfo.h"
Zaara Syeda3a7578c2017-05-31 17:12:38 +000028#include "llvm/Analysis/MemoryBuiltins.h"
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +000029#include "llvm/Analysis/ProfileSummaryInfo.h"
Chandler Carruth62d42152015-01-15 02:16:27 +000030#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +000031#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetTransformInfo.h"
David Blaikie31b98d22018-06-04 21:23:21 +000032#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +000033#include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
Michael Kupersteinf79af6f2016-09-08 00:48:37 +000034#include "llvm/CodeGen/Analysis.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000035#include "llvm/CodeGen/ISDOpcodes.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000036#include "llvm/CodeGen/SelectionDAGNodes.h"
David Blaikieb3bde2e2017-11-17 01:07:10 +000037#include "llvm/CodeGen/TargetLowering.h"
Chandler Carruth6bda14b2017-06-06 11:49:48 +000038#include "llvm/CodeGen/TargetPassConfig.h"
David Blaikieb3bde2e2017-11-17 01:07:10 +000039#include "llvm/CodeGen/TargetSubtargetInfo.h"
Craig Topper2fa14362018-03-29 17:21:10 +000040#include "llvm/CodeGen/ValueTypes.h"
Nico Weber432a3882018-04-30 14:59:11 +000041#include "llvm/Config/llvm-config.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000042#include "llvm/IR/Argument.h"
43#include "llvm/IR/Attributes.h"
44#include "llvm/IR/BasicBlock.h"
Chandler Carruth219b89b2014-03-04 11:01:28 +000045#include "llvm/IR/CallSite.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000046#include "llvm/IR/Constant.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000047#include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
48#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
49#include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h"
Chandler Carruth5ad5f152014-01-13 09:26:24 +000050#include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000051#include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
Chandler Carruth03eb0de2014-03-04 10:40:04 +000052#include "llvm/IR/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000053#include "llvm/IR/GlobalValue.h"
54#include "llvm/IR/GlobalVariable.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000055#include "llvm/IR/IRBuilder.h"
56#include "llvm/IR/InlineAsm.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000057#include "llvm/IR/InstrTypes.h"
58#include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000059#include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
60#include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000061#include "llvm/IR/Intrinsics.h"
62#include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h"
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +000063#include "llvm/IR/MDBuilder.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000064#include "llvm/IR/Module.h"
65#include "llvm/IR/Operator.h"
Chandler Carruth820a9082014-03-04 11:08:18 +000066#include "llvm/IR/PatternMatch.h"
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +000067#include "llvm/IR/Statepoint.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000068#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
69#include "llvm/IR/Use.h"
70#include "llvm/IR/User.h"
71#include "llvm/IR/Value.h"
Chandler Carruth4220e9c2014-03-04 11:17:44 +000072#include "llvm/IR/ValueHandle.h"
Chandler Carrutha4ea2692014-03-04 11:26:31 +000073#include "llvm/IR/ValueMap.h"
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +000074#include "llvm/Pass.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000075#include "llvm/Support/BlockFrequency.h"
Sanjay Pateld66607b2016-04-26 17:11:17 +000076#include "llvm/Support/BranchProbability.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000077#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
Evan Cheng8b637b12010-08-17 01:34:49 +000078#include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000079#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +000080#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000081#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
David Blaikie13e77db2018-03-23 23:58:25 +000082#include "llvm/Support/MachineValueType.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000083#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Chandler Carruthaafe0912012-06-29 12:38:19 +000084#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000085#include "llvm/Target/TargetMachine.h"
86#include "llvm/Target/TargetOptions.h"
Chandler Carruthaafe0912012-06-29 12:38:19 +000087#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h"
Preston Gurdcdf540d2012-09-04 18:22:17 +000088#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BypassSlowDivision.h"
Ahmed Bougachae03bef72015-01-12 17:22:43 +000089#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/SimplifyLibCalls.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000090#include <algorithm>
91#include <cassert>
92#include <cstdint>
93#include <iterator>
94#include <limits>
95#include <memory>
96#include <utility>
97#include <vector>
Zaara Syeda3a7578c2017-05-31 17:12:38 +000098
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +000099using namespace llvm;
Chris Lattnerd616ef52008-11-25 04:42:10 +0000100using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000101
Chandler Carruth1b9dde02014-04-22 02:02:50 +0000102#define DEBUG_TYPE "codegenprepare"
103
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +0000104STATISTIC(NumBlocksElim, "Number of blocks eliminated");
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000105STATISTIC(NumPHIsElim, "Number of trivial PHIs eliminated");
106STATISTIC(NumGEPsElim, "Number of GEPs converted to casts");
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +0000107STATISTIC(NumCmpUses, "Number of uses of Cmp expressions replaced with uses of "
108 "sunken Cmps");
109STATISTIC(NumCastUses, "Number of uses of Cast expressions replaced with uses "
110 "of sunken Casts");
111STATISTIC(NumMemoryInsts, "Number of memory instructions whose address "
112 "computations were sunk");
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +0000113STATISTIC(NumMemoryInstsPhiCreated,
114 "Number of phis created when address "
115 "computations were sunk to memory instructions");
116STATISTIC(NumMemoryInstsSelectCreated,
117 "Number of select created when address "
118 "computations were sunk to memory instructions");
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000119STATISTIC(NumExtsMoved, "Number of [s|z]ext instructions combined with loads");
120STATISTIC(NumExtUses, "Number of uses of [s|z]ext instructions optimized");
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +0000121STATISTIC(NumAndsAdded,
122 "Number of and mask instructions added to form ext loads");
123STATISTIC(NumAndUses, "Number of uses of and mask instructions optimized");
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000124STATISTIC(NumRetsDup, "Number of return instructions duplicated");
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +0000125STATISTIC(NumDbgValueMoved, "Number of debug value instructions moved");
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +0000126STATISTIC(NumSelectsExpanded, "Number of selects turned into branches");
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +0000127STATISTIC(NumStoreExtractExposed, "Number of store(extractelement) exposed");
Jakob Stoklund Oleseneb12f492010-09-30 20:51:52 +0000128
Cameron Zwarich338d3622011-03-11 21:52:04 +0000129static cl::opt<bool> DisableBranchOpts(
130 "disable-cgp-branch-opts", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
131 cl::desc("Disable branch optimizations in CodeGenPrepare"));
132
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000133static cl::opt<bool>
134 DisableGCOpts("disable-cgp-gc-opts", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
135 cl::desc("Disable GC optimizations in CodeGenPrepare"));
136
Benjamin Kramer3d38c172012-05-06 14:25:16 +0000137static cl::opt<bool> DisableSelectToBranch(
138 "disable-cgp-select2branch", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
139 cl::desc("Disable select to branch conversion."));
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +0000140
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +0000141static cl::opt<bool> AddrSinkUsingGEPs(
Eli Friedman5fba1e52017-04-06 22:42:18 +0000142 "addr-sink-using-gep", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +0000143 cl::desc("Address sinking in CGP using GEPs."));
144
Tim Northovercea0abb2014-03-29 08:22:29 +0000145static cl::opt<bool> EnableAndCmpSinking(
146 "enable-andcmp-sinking", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
147 cl::desc("Enable sinkinig and/cmp into branches."));
148
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +0000149static cl::opt<bool> DisableStoreExtract(
150 "disable-cgp-store-extract", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
151 cl::desc("Disable store(extract) optimizations in CodeGenPrepare"));
152
153static cl::opt<bool> StressStoreExtract(
154 "stress-cgp-store-extract", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
155 cl::desc("Stress test store(extract) optimizations in CodeGenPrepare"));
156
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +0000157static cl::opt<bool> DisableExtLdPromotion(
158 "disable-cgp-ext-ld-promotion", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
159 cl::desc("Disable ext(promotable(ld)) -> promoted(ext(ld)) optimization in "
160 "CodeGenPrepare"));
161
162static cl::opt<bool> StressExtLdPromotion(
163 "stress-cgp-ext-ld-promotion", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
164 cl::desc("Stress test ext(promotable(ld)) -> promoted(ext(ld)) "
165 "optimization in CodeGenPrepare"));
166
Chuang-Yu Chengd3fb38c2016-04-05 14:06:20 +0000167static cl::opt<bool> DisablePreheaderProtect(
168 "disable-preheader-prot", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
169 cl::desc("Disable protection against removing loop preheaders"));
170
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +0000171static cl::opt<bool> ProfileGuidedSectionPrefix(
David Callahan5960d9b12017-06-14 20:35:33 +0000172 "profile-guided-section-prefix", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true), cl::ZeroOrMore,
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +0000173 cl::desc("Use profile info to add section prefix for hot/cold functions"));
174
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000175static cl::opt<unsigned> FreqRatioToSkipMerge(
176 "cgp-freq-ratio-to-skip-merge", cl::Hidden, cl::init(2),
177 cl::desc("Skip merging empty blocks if (frequency of empty block) / "
178 "(frequency of destination block) is greater than this ratio"));
179
Wei Mia2f0b592016-12-22 19:44:45 +0000180static cl::opt<bool> ForceSplitStore(
181 "force-split-store", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
182 cl::desc("Force store splitting no matter what the target query says."));
183
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000184static cl::opt<bool>
185EnableTypePromotionMerge("cgp-type-promotion-merge", cl::Hidden,
186 cl::desc("Enable merging of redundant sexts when one is dominating"
187 " the other."), cl::init(true));
188
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +0000189static cl::opt<bool> DisableComplexAddrModes(
Serguei Katkovd4df7442017-11-29 09:48:50 +0000190 "disable-complex-addr-modes", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +0000191 cl::desc("Disables combining addressing modes with different parts "
192 "in optimizeMemoryInst."));
193
194static cl::opt<bool>
195AddrSinkNewPhis("addr-sink-new-phis", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
196 cl::desc("Allow creation of Phis in Address sinking."));
197
198static cl::opt<bool>
Serguei Katkov9fe05242018-01-26 06:26:56 +0000199AddrSinkNewSelects("addr-sink-new-select", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +0000200 cl::desc("Allow creation of selects in Address sinking."));
201
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +0000202static cl::opt<bool> AddrSinkCombineBaseReg(
203 "addr-sink-combine-base-reg", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
204 cl::desc("Allow combining of BaseReg field in Address sinking."));
205
206static cl::opt<bool> AddrSinkCombineBaseGV(
207 "addr-sink-combine-base-gv", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
208 cl::desc("Allow combining of BaseGV field in Address sinking."));
209
210static cl::opt<bool> AddrSinkCombineBaseOffs(
211 "addr-sink-combine-base-offs", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
212 cl::desc("Allow combining of BaseOffs field in Address sinking."));
213
214static cl::opt<bool> AddrSinkCombineScaledReg(
215 "addr-sink-combine-scaled-reg", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
216 cl::desc("Allow combining of ScaledReg field in Address sinking."));
217
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +0000218static cl::opt<bool>
219 EnableGEPOffsetSplit("cgp-split-large-offset-gep", cl::Hidden,
220 cl::init(true),
221 cl::desc("Enable splitting large offset of GEP."));
222
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000223namespace {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000224
Guozhi Wei8c17f9a2018-08-15 22:08:26 +0000225enum ExtType {
226 ZeroExtension, // Zero extension has been seen.
227 SignExtension, // Sign extension has been seen.
228 BothExtension // This extension type is used if we saw sext after
229 // ZeroExtension had been set, or if we saw zext after
230 // SignExtension had been set. It makes the type
231 // information of a promoted instruction invalid.
232};
233
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000234using SetOfInstrs = SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 16>;
Guozhi Wei8c17f9a2018-08-15 22:08:26 +0000235using TypeIsSExt = PointerIntPair<Type *, 2, ExtType>;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000236using InstrToOrigTy = DenseMap<Instruction *, TypeIsSExt>;
237using SExts = SmallVector<Instruction *, 16>;
238using ValueToSExts = DenseMap<Value *, SExts>;
239
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +0000240class TypePromotionTransaction;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +0000241
Chris Lattner2dd09db2009-09-02 06:11:42 +0000242 class CodeGenPrepare : public FunctionPass {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000243 const TargetMachine *TM = nullptr;
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +0000244 const TargetSubtargetInfo *SubtargetInfo;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000245 const TargetLowering *TLI = nullptr;
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +0000246 const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000247 const TargetTransformInfo *TTI = nullptr;
Chad Rosierc24b86f2011-12-01 03:08:23 +0000248 const TargetLibraryInfo *TLInfo;
Chuang-Yu Chengd3fb38c2016-04-05 14:06:20 +0000249 const LoopInfo *LI;
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000250 std::unique_ptr<BlockFrequencyInfo> BFI;
251 std::unique_ptr<BranchProbabilityInfo> BPI;
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000252
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000253 /// As we scan instructions optimizing them, this is the next instruction
254 /// to optimize. Transforms that can invalidate this should update it.
Chris Lattner7a277142011-01-15 07:14:54 +0000255 BasicBlock::iterator CurInstIterator;
Evan Cheng3b3de7c2008-12-19 18:03:11 +0000256
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000257 /// Keeps track of non-local addresses that have been sunk into a block.
258 /// This allows us to avoid inserting duplicate code for blocks with
Simon Dardis230f4532017-11-24 16:45:28 +0000259 /// multiple load/stores of the same address. The usage of WeakTrackingVH
260 /// enables SunkAddrs to be treated as a cache whose entries can be
261 /// invalidated if a sunken address computation has been erased.
262 ValueMap<Value*, WeakTrackingVH> SunkAddrs;
Cameron Zwarichce3b9302011-01-06 00:42:50 +0000263
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +0000264 /// Keeps track of all instructions inserted for the current function.
265 SetOfInstrs InsertedInsts;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000266
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +0000267 /// Keeps track of the type of the related instruction before their
268 /// promotion for the current function.
269 InstrToOrigTy PromotedInsts;
270
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000271 /// Keep track of instructions removed during promotion.
272 SetOfInstrs RemovedInsts;
273
274 /// Keep track of sext chains based on their initial value.
275 DenseMap<Value *, Instruction *> SeenChainsForSExt;
276
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +0000277 /// Keep track of GEPs accessing the same data structures such as structs or
278 /// arrays that are candidates to be split later because of their large
279 /// size.
David Greene27e87c2018-09-12 10:19:10 +0000280 MapVector<
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +0000281 AssertingVH<Value>,
282 SmallVector<std::pair<AssertingVH<GetElementPtrInst>, int64_t>, 32>>
283 LargeOffsetGEPMap;
284
285 /// Keep track of new GEP base after splitting the GEPs having large offset.
286 SmallSet<AssertingVH<Value>, 2> NewGEPBases;
287
288 /// Map serial numbers to Large offset GEPs.
289 DenseMap<AssertingVH<GetElementPtrInst>, int> LargeOffsetGEPID;
290
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000291 /// Keep track of SExt promoted.
292 ValueToSExts ValToSExtendedUses;
293
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000294 /// True if CFG is modified in any way.
Devang Patel8f606d72011-03-24 15:35:25 +0000295 bool ModifiedDT;
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000296
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000297 /// True if optimizing for size.
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +0000298 bool OptSize;
299
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +0000300 /// DataLayout for the Function being processed.
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000301 const DataLayout *DL = nullptr;
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +0000302
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000303 public:
Nick Lewyckye7da2d62007-05-06 13:37:16 +0000304 static char ID; // Pass identification, replacement for typeid
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000305
306 CodeGenPrepare() : FunctionPass(ID) {
Francis Visoiu Mistrih8b617642017-05-18 17:21:13 +0000307 initializeCodeGenPreparePass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry());
308 }
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000309
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +0000310 bool runOnFunction(Function &F) override;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000311
Mehdi Amini117296c2016-10-01 02:56:57 +0000312 StringRef getPassName() const override { return "CodeGen Prepare"; }
Evan Cheng99cafb12012-12-21 01:48:14 +0000313
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +0000314 void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const override {
George Burgess IVd4febd12016-03-22 21:25:08 +0000315 // FIXME: When we can selectively preserve passes, preserve the domtree.
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +0000316 AU.addRequired<ProfileSummaryInfoWrapperPass>();
Chandler Carruthb98f63d2015-01-15 10:41:28 +0000317 AU.addRequired<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>();
Chandler Carruth705b1852015-01-31 03:43:40 +0000318 AU.addRequired<TargetTransformInfoWrapperPass>();
Chuang-Yu Chengd3fb38c2016-04-05 14:06:20 +0000319 AU.addRequired<LoopInfoWrapperPass>();
Andreas Neustifterf8cb7582009-09-16 09:26:52 +0000320 }
321
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000322 private:
James Y Knight72f76bf2018-11-07 15:24:12 +0000323 template <typename F>
324 void resetIteratorIfInvalidatedWhileCalling(BasicBlock *BB, F f) {
325 // Substituting can cause recursive simplifications, which can invalidate
326 // our iterator. Use a WeakTrackingVH to hold onto it in case this
327 // happens.
328 Value *CurValue = &*CurInstIterator;
329 WeakTrackingVH IterHandle(CurValue);
330
331 f();
332
333 // If the iterator instruction was recursively deleted, start over at the
334 // start of the block.
335 if (IterHandle != CurValue) {
336 CurInstIterator = BB->begin();
337 SunkAddrs.clear();
338 }
339 }
340
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000341 bool eliminateFallThrough(Function &F);
342 bool eliminateMostlyEmptyBlocks(Function &F);
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000343 BasicBlock *findDestBlockOfMergeableEmptyBlock(BasicBlock *BB);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000344 bool canMergeBlocks(const BasicBlock *BB, const BasicBlock *DestBB) const;
345 void eliminateMostlyEmptyBlock(BasicBlock *BB);
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000346 bool isMergingEmptyBlockProfitable(BasicBlock *BB, BasicBlock *DestBB,
347 bool isPreheader);
Sanjay Patel3b8974b2017-06-08 20:00:09 +0000348 bool optimizeBlock(BasicBlock &BB, bool &ModifiedDT);
349 bool optimizeInst(Instruction *I, bool &ModifiedDT);
Fangrui Songcb0bab82018-07-16 18:51:40 +0000350 bool optimizeMemoryInst(Instruction *MemoryInst, Value *Addr,
351 Type *AccessTy, unsigned AddrSpace);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000352 bool optimizeInlineAsmInst(CallInst *CS);
Sanjay Patel3b8974b2017-06-08 20:00:09 +0000353 bool optimizeCallInst(CallInst *CI, bool &ModifiedDT);
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000354 bool optimizeExt(Instruction *&I);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000355 bool optimizeExtUses(Instruction *I);
Fangrui Songcb0bab82018-07-16 18:51:40 +0000356 bool optimizeLoadExt(LoadInst *Load);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000357 bool optimizeSelectInst(SelectInst *SI);
Fangrui Songcb0bab82018-07-16 18:51:40 +0000358 bool optimizeShuffleVectorInst(ShuffleVectorInst *SVI);
359 bool optimizeSwitchInst(SwitchInst *SI);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000360 bool optimizeExtractElementInst(Instruction *Inst);
361 bool dupRetToEnableTailCallOpts(BasicBlock *BB);
362 bool placeDbgValues(Function &F);
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +0000363 bool canFormExtLd(const SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &MovedExts,
364 LoadInst *&LI, Instruction *&Inst, bool HasPromoted);
365 bool tryToPromoteExts(TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
366 const SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Exts,
367 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &ProfitablyMovedExts,
368 unsigned CreatedInstsCost = 0);
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000369 bool mergeSExts(Function &F);
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +0000370 bool splitLargeGEPOffsets();
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000371 bool performAddressTypePromotion(
372 Instruction *&Inst,
373 bool AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader,
374 bool HasPromoted, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
375 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &SpeculativelyMovedExts);
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +0000376 bool splitBranchCondition(Function &F);
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000377 bool simplifyOffsetableRelocate(Instruction &I);
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000378 };
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000379
380} // end anonymous namespace
Devang Patel09f162c2007-05-01 21:15:47 +0000381
Devang Patel8c78a0b2007-05-03 01:11:54 +0000382char CodeGenPrepare::ID = 0;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000383
Matthias Braun1527baa2017-05-25 21:26:32 +0000384INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(CodeGenPrepare, DEBUG_TYPE,
Francis Visoiu Mistrih8b617642017-05-18 17:21:13 +0000385 "Optimize for code generation", false, false)
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +0000386INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(ProfileSummaryInfoWrapperPass)
Matthias Braun1527baa2017-05-25 21:26:32 +0000387INITIALIZE_PASS_END(CodeGenPrepare, DEBUG_TYPE,
Francis Visoiu Mistrih8b617642017-05-18 17:21:13 +0000388 "Optimize for code generation", false, false)
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000389
Francis Visoiu Mistrih8b617642017-05-18 17:21:13 +0000390FunctionPass *llvm::createCodeGenPreparePass() { return new CodeGenPrepare(); }
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000391
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000392bool CodeGenPrepare::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
Andrew Kayloraa641a52016-04-22 22:06:11 +0000393 if (skipFunction(F))
Paul Robinson7c99ec52014-03-31 17:43:35 +0000394 return false;
395
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +0000396 DL = &F.getParent()->getDataLayout();
397
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000398 bool EverMadeChange = false;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +0000399 // Clear per function information.
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +0000400 InsertedInsts.clear();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +0000401 PromotedInsts.clear();
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000402
Devang Patel8f606d72011-03-24 15:35:25 +0000403 ModifiedDT = false;
Francis Visoiu Mistrih8b617642017-05-18 17:21:13 +0000404 if (auto *TPC = getAnalysisIfAvailable<TargetPassConfig>()) {
405 TM = &TPC->getTM<TargetMachine>();
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +0000406 SubtargetInfo = TM->getSubtargetImpl(F);
407 TLI = SubtargetInfo->getTargetLowering();
408 TRI = SubtargetInfo->getRegisterInfo();
409 }
Chandler Carruthb98f63d2015-01-15 10:41:28 +0000410 TLInfo = &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>().getTLI();
Chandler Carruthfdb9c572015-02-01 12:01:35 +0000411 TTI = &getAnalysis<TargetTransformInfoWrapperPass>().getTTI(F);
Chuang-Yu Chengd3fb38c2016-04-05 14:06:20 +0000412 LI = &getAnalysis<LoopInfoWrapperPass>().getLoopInfo();
Teresa Johnsona4ce3bf2017-12-20 17:53:10 +0000413 BPI.reset(new BranchProbabilityInfo(F, *LI));
414 BFI.reset(new BlockFrequencyInfo(F, *BPI, *LI));
Sanjay Patel82d91dd2015-08-11 19:39:36 +0000415 OptSize = F.optForSize();
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000416
Easwaran Raman0d55b552017-11-14 19:31:51 +0000417 ProfileSummaryInfo *PSI =
Vedant Kumare7b789b2018-11-19 05:23:16 +0000418 &getAnalysis<ProfileSummaryInfoWrapperPass>().getPSI();
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +0000419 if (ProfileGuidedSectionPrefix) {
Teresa Johnsona4ce3bf2017-12-20 17:53:10 +0000420 if (PSI->isFunctionHotInCallGraph(&F, *BFI))
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +0000421 F.setSectionPrefix(".hot");
Teresa Johnsona4ce3bf2017-12-20 17:53:10 +0000422 else if (PSI->isFunctionColdInCallGraph(&F, *BFI))
Teresa Johnson720d9b42017-05-09 01:43:24 +0000423 F.setSectionPrefix(".unlikely");
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +0000424 }
425
Preston Gurdcdf540d2012-09-04 18:22:17 +0000426 /// This optimization identifies DIV instructions that can be
427 /// profitably bypassed and carried out with a shorter, faster divide.
Easwaran Raman0d55b552017-11-14 19:31:51 +0000428 if (!OptSize && !PSI->hasHugeWorkingSetSize() && TLI &&
429 TLI->isSlowDivBypassed()) {
Preston Gurd0d67f512012-10-04 21:33:40 +0000430 const DenseMap<unsigned int, unsigned int> &BypassWidths =
431 TLI->getBypassSlowDivWidths();
Eric Christopher49a7d6c2016-01-04 23:18:58 +0000432 BasicBlock* BB = &*F.begin();
433 while (BB != nullptr) {
434 // bypassSlowDivision may create new BBs, but we don't want to reapply the
435 // optimization to those blocks.
436 BasicBlock* Next = BB->getNextNode();
437 EverMadeChange |= bypassSlowDivision(BB, BypassWidths);
438 BB = Next;
439 }
Preston Gurdcdf540d2012-09-04 18:22:17 +0000440 }
441
442 // Eliminate blocks that contain only PHI nodes and an
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000443 // unconditional branch.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000444 EverMadeChange |= eliminateMostlyEmptyBlocks(F);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000445
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +0000446 if (!DisableBranchOpts)
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +0000447 EverMadeChange |= splitBranchCondition(F);
Tim Northovercea0abb2014-03-29 08:22:29 +0000448
Michael Kuperstein13bf8a22017-02-28 00:11:34 +0000449 // Split some critical edges where one of the sources is an indirect branch,
450 // to help generate sane code for PHIs involving such edges.
Hiroshi Yamauchi9364fa32017-12-04 20:36:01 +0000451 EverMadeChange |= SplitIndirectBrCriticalEdges(F);
Michael Kuperstein13bf8a22017-02-28 00:11:34 +0000452
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000453 bool MadeChange = true;
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000454 while (MadeChange) {
455 MadeChange = false;
Hans Wennborg02fbc712012-09-19 07:48:16 +0000456 for (Function::iterator I = F.begin(); I != F.end(); ) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +0000457 BasicBlock *BB = &*I++;
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +0000458 bool ModifiedDTOnIteration = false;
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000459 MadeChange |= optimizeBlock(*BB, ModifiedDTOnIteration);
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000460
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +0000461 // Restart BB iteration if the dominator tree of the Function was changed
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +0000462 if (ModifiedDTOnIteration)
463 break;
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000464 }
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000465 if (EnableTypePromotionMerge && !ValToSExtendedUses.empty())
466 MadeChange |= mergeSExts(F);
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +0000467 if (!LargeOffsetGEPMap.empty())
468 MadeChange |= splitLargeGEPOffsets();
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000469
470 // Really free removed instructions during promotion.
471 for (Instruction *I : RemovedInsts)
Reid Kleckner96ab8722017-05-18 17:24:10 +0000472 I->deleteValue();
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000473
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000474 EverMadeChange |= MadeChange;
Peter Collingbourneabd820a2018-10-23 21:23:18 +0000475 SeenChainsForSExt.clear();
476 ValToSExtendedUses.clear();
477 RemovedInsts.clear();
478 LargeOffsetGEPMap.clear();
479 LargeOffsetGEPID.clear();
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000480 }
Cameron Zwarichce3b9302011-01-06 00:42:50 +0000481
482 SunkAddrs.clear();
483
Cameron Zwarich338d3622011-03-11 21:52:04 +0000484 if (!DisableBranchOpts) {
485 MadeChange = false;
David Stenberg23bba562018-07-02 14:23:48 +0000486 // Use a set vector to get deterministic iteration order. The order the
487 // blocks are removed may affect whether or not PHI nodes in successors
488 // are removed.
489 SmallSetVector<BasicBlock*, 8> WorkList;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith5914a972015-01-08 20:44:33 +0000490 for (BasicBlock &BB : F) {
491 SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 2> Successors(succ_begin(&BB), succ_end(&BB));
492 MadeChange |= ConstantFoldTerminator(&BB, true);
Bill Wendling97b93592012-03-04 10:46:01 +0000493 if (!MadeChange) continue;
494
495 for (SmallVectorImpl<BasicBlock*>::iterator
496 II = Successors.begin(), IE = Successors.end(); II != IE; ++II)
497 if (pred_begin(*II) == pred_end(*II))
498 WorkList.insert(*II);
499 }
500
Bill Wendlingf3614fd2012-11-28 23:23:48 +0000501 // Delete the dead blocks and any of their dead successors.
Bill Wendlingab417b62012-12-06 00:30:20 +0000502 MadeChange |= !WorkList.empty();
Bill Wendlingf3614fd2012-11-28 23:23:48 +0000503 while (!WorkList.empty()) {
David Stenberg23bba562018-07-02 14:23:48 +0000504 BasicBlock *BB = WorkList.pop_back_val();
Bill Wendlingf3614fd2012-11-28 23:23:48 +0000505 SmallVector<BasicBlock*, 2> Successors(succ_begin(BB), succ_end(BB));
506
507 DeleteDeadBlock(BB);
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +0000508
Bill Wendlingf3614fd2012-11-28 23:23:48 +0000509 for (SmallVectorImpl<BasicBlock*>::iterator
510 II = Successors.begin(), IE = Successors.end(); II != IE; ++II)
511 if (pred_begin(*II) == pred_end(*II))
512 WorkList.insert(*II);
513 }
Cameron Zwarich338d3622011-03-11 21:52:04 +0000514
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000515 // Merge pairs of basic blocks with unconditional branches, connected by
516 // a single edge.
517 if (EverMadeChange || MadeChange)
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000518 MadeChange |= eliminateFallThrough(F);
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000519
Cameron Zwarich338d3622011-03-11 21:52:04 +0000520 EverMadeChange |= MadeChange;
521 }
522
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000523 if (!DisableGCOpts) {
524 SmallVector<Instruction *, 2> Statepoints;
525 for (BasicBlock &BB : F)
526 for (Instruction &I : BB)
527 if (isStatepoint(I))
528 Statepoints.push_back(&I);
529 for (auto &I : Statepoints)
530 EverMadeChange |= simplifyOffsetableRelocate(*I);
531 }
532
Vedant Kumar30406fd2018-08-21 23:43:08 +0000533 // Do this last to clean up use-before-def scenarios introduced by other
534 // preparatory transforms.
535 EverMadeChange |= placeDbgValues(F);
536
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000537 return EverMadeChange;
538}
539
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000540/// Merge basic blocks which are connected by a single edge, where one of the
541/// basic blocks has a single successor pointing to the other basic block,
542/// which has a single predecessor.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000543bool CodeGenPrepare::eliminateFallThrough(Function &F) {
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000544 bool Changed = false;
545 // Scan all of the blocks in the function, except for the entry block.
Alina Sbirleadfd14ad2018-06-20 22:01:04 +0000546 // Use a temporary array to avoid iterator being invalidated when
547 // deleting blocks.
548 SmallVector<WeakTrackingVH, 16> Blocks;
549 for (auto &Block : llvm::make_range(std::next(F.begin()), F.end()))
550 Blocks.push_back(&Block);
551
552 for (auto &Block : Blocks) {
553 auto *BB = cast_or_null<BasicBlock>(Block);
554 if (!BB)
555 continue;
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000556 // If the destination block has a single pred, then this is a trivial
557 // edge, just collapse it.
558 BasicBlock *SinglePred = BB->getSinglePredecessor();
559
Evan Cheng64a223a2012-09-28 23:58:57 +0000560 // Don't merge if BB's address is taken.
561 if (!SinglePred || SinglePred == BB || BB->hasAddressTaken()) continue;
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000562
563 BranchInst *Term = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(SinglePred->getTerminator());
564 if (Term && !Term->isConditional()) {
565 Changed = true;
Alina Sbirleadfd14ad2018-06-20 22:01:04 +0000566 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "To merge:\n" << *BB << "\n\n\n");
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000567
Alina Sbirleadfd14ad2018-06-20 22:01:04 +0000568 // Merge BB into SinglePred and delete it.
569 MergeBlockIntoPredecessor(BB);
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000570 }
571 }
572 return Changed;
573}
574
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000575/// Find a destination block from BB if BB is mergeable empty block.
576BasicBlock *CodeGenPrepare::findDestBlockOfMergeableEmptyBlock(BasicBlock *BB) {
577 // If this block doesn't end with an uncond branch, ignore it.
578 BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(BB->getTerminator());
579 if (!BI || !BI->isUnconditional())
580 return nullptr;
581
582 // If the instruction before the branch (skipping debug info) isn't a phi
583 // node, then other stuff is happening here.
584 BasicBlock::iterator BBI = BI->getIterator();
585 if (BBI != BB->begin()) {
586 --BBI;
587 while (isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(BBI)) {
588 if (BBI == BB->begin())
589 break;
590 --BBI;
591 }
592 if (!isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(BBI) && !isa<PHINode>(BBI))
593 return nullptr;
594 }
595
596 // Do not break infinite loops.
597 BasicBlock *DestBB = BI->getSuccessor(0);
598 if (DestBB == BB)
599 return nullptr;
600
601 if (!canMergeBlocks(BB, DestBB))
602 DestBB = nullptr;
603
604 return DestBB;
605}
606
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000607/// Eliminate blocks that contain only PHI nodes, debug info directives, and an
608/// unconditional branch. Passes before isel (e.g. LSR/loopsimplify) often split
609/// edges in ways that are non-optimal for isel. Start by eliminating these
610/// blocks so we can split them the way we want them.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000611bool CodeGenPrepare::eliminateMostlyEmptyBlocks(Function &F) {
Chuang-Yu Chengd3fb38c2016-04-05 14:06:20 +0000612 SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock *, 16> Preheaders;
613 SmallVector<Loop *, 16> LoopList(LI->begin(), LI->end());
614 while (!LoopList.empty()) {
615 Loop *L = LoopList.pop_back_val();
616 LoopList.insert(LoopList.end(), L->begin(), L->end());
617 if (BasicBlock *Preheader = L->getLoopPreheader())
618 Preheaders.insert(Preheader);
619 }
620
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000621 bool MadeChange = false;
Alina Sbirleadfd14ad2018-06-20 22:01:04 +0000622 // Copy blocks into a temporary array to avoid iterator invalidation issues
623 // as we remove them.
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000624 // Note that this intentionally skips the entry block.
Alina Sbirleadfd14ad2018-06-20 22:01:04 +0000625 SmallVector<WeakTrackingVH, 16> Blocks;
626 for (auto &Block : llvm::make_range(std::next(F.begin()), F.end()))
627 Blocks.push_back(&Block);
628
629 for (auto &Block : Blocks) {
630 BasicBlock *BB = cast_or_null<BasicBlock>(Block);
631 if (!BB)
632 continue;
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000633 BasicBlock *DestBB = findDestBlockOfMergeableEmptyBlock(BB);
634 if (!DestBB ||
635 !isMergingEmptyBlockProfitable(BB, DestBB, Preheaders.count(BB)))
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000636 continue;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000637
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000638 eliminateMostlyEmptyBlock(BB);
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000639 MadeChange = true;
640 }
641 return MadeChange;
642}
643
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000644bool CodeGenPrepare::isMergingEmptyBlockProfitable(BasicBlock *BB,
645 BasicBlock *DestBB,
646 bool isPreheader) {
647 // Do not delete loop preheaders if doing so would create a critical edge.
648 // Loop preheaders can be good locations to spill registers. If the
649 // preheader is deleted and we create a critical edge, registers may be
650 // spilled in the loop body instead.
651 if (!DisablePreheaderProtect && isPreheader &&
652 !(BB->getSinglePredecessor() &&
653 BB->getSinglePredecessor()->getSingleSuccessor()))
654 return false;
655
656 // Try to skip merging if the unique predecessor of BB is terminated by a
657 // switch or indirect branch instruction, and BB is used as an incoming block
658 // of PHIs in DestBB. In such case, merging BB and DestBB would cause ISel to
659 // add COPY instructions in the predecessor of BB instead of BB (if it is not
660 // merged). Note that the critical edge created by merging such blocks wont be
661 // split in MachineSink because the jump table is not analyzable. By keeping
662 // such empty block (BB), ISel will place COPY instructions in BB, not in the
663 // predecessor of BB.
664 BasicBlock *Pred = BB->getUniquePredecessor();
665 if (!Pred ||
666 !(isa<SwitchInst>(Pred->getTerminator()) ||
667 isa<IndirectBrInst>(Pred->getTerminator())))
668 return true;
669
Jonas Devlieghere42243df2018-08-07 12:14:01 +0000670 if (BB->getTerminator() != BB->getFirstNonPHIOrDbg())
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000671 return true;
672
673 // We use a simple cost heuristic which determine skipping merging is
674 // profitable if the cost of skipping merging is less than the cost of
675 // merging : Cost(skipping merging) < Cost(merging BB), where the
676 // Cost(skipping merging) is Freq(BB) * (Cost(Copy) + Cost(Branch)), and
677 // the Cost(merging BB) is Freq(Pred) * Cost(Copy).
678 // Assuming Cost(Copy) == Cost(Branch), we could simplify it to :
679 // Freq(Pred) / Freq(BB) > 2.
680 // Note that if there are multiple empty blocks sharing the same incoming
681 // value for the PHIs in the DestBB, we consider them together. In such
682 // case, Cost(merging BB) will be the sum of their frequencies.
683
684 if (!isa<PHINode>(DestBB->begin()))
685 return true;
686
687 SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock *, 16> SameIncomingValueBBs;
688
689 // Find all other incoming blocks from which incoming values of all PHIs in
690 // DestBB are the same as the ones from BB.
691 for (pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(DestBB), E = pred_end(DestBB); PI != E;
692 ++PI) {
693 BasicBlock *DestBBPred = *PI;
694 if (DestBBPred == BB)
695 continue;
696
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000697 if (llvm::all_of(DestBB->phis(), [&](const PHINode &DestPN) {
698 return DestPN.getIncomingValueForBlock(BB) ==
699 DestPN.getIncomingValueForBlock(DestBBPred);
700 }))
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000701 SameIncomingValueBBs.insert(DestBBPred);
702 }
703
704 // See if all BB's incoming values are same as the value from Pred. In this
705 // case, no reason to skip merging because COPYs are expected to be place in
706 // Pred already.
707 if (SameIncomingValueBBs.count(Pred))
708 return true;
709
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000710 BlockFrequency PredFreq = BFI->getBlockFreq(Pred);
711 BlockFrequency BBFreq = BFI->getBlockFreq(BB);
712
713 for (auto SameValueBB : SameIncomingValueBBs)
714 if (SameValueBB->getUniquePredecessor() == Pred &&
715 DestBB == findDestBlockOfMergeableEmptyBlock(SameValueBB))
716 BBFreq += BFI->getBlockFreq(SameValueBB);
717
718 return PredFreq.getFrequency() <=
719 BBFreq.getFrequency() * FreqRatioToSkipMerge;
720}
721
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000722/// Return true if we can merge BB into DestBB if there is a single
723/// unconditional branch between them, and BB contains no other non-phi
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000724/// instructions.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000725bool CodeGenPrepare::canMergeBlocks(const BasicBlock *BB,
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000726 const BasicBlock *DestBB) const {
727 // We only want to eliminate blocks whose phi nodes are used by phi nodes in
728 // the successor. If there are more complex condition (e.g. preheaders),
729 // don't mess around with them.
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000730 for (const PHINode &PN : BB->phis()) {
731 for (const User *U : PN.users()) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000732 const Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(U);
733 if (UI->getParent() != DestBB || !isa<PHINode>(UI))
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000734 return false;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000735 // If User is inside DestBB block and it is a PHINode then check
736 // incoming value. If incoming value is not from BB then this is
Devang Pateld3208522007-04-25 00:37:04 +0000737 // a complex condition (e.g. preheaders) we want to avoid here.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000738 if (UI->getParent() == DestBB) {
739 if (const PHINode *UPN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(UI))
Devang Pateld3208522007-04-25 00:37:04 +0000740 for (unsigned I = 0, E = UPN->getNumIncomingValues(); I != E; ++I) {
741 Instruction *Insn = dyn_cast<Instruction>(UPN->getIncomingValue(I));
742 if (Insn && Insn->getParent() == BB &&
743 Insn->getParent() != UPN->getIncomingBlock(I))
744 return false;
745 }
746 }
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000747 }
748 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000749
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000750 // If BB and DestBB contain any common predecessors, then the phi nodes in BB
751 // and DestBB may have conflicting incoming values for the block. If so, we
752 // can't merge the block.
753 const PHINode *DestBBPN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(DestBB->begin());
754 if (!DestBBPN) return true; // no conflict.
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000755
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000756 // Collect the preds of BB.
Chris Lattner8201a9b2007-11-06 22:07:40 +0000757 SmallPtrSet<const BasicBlock*, 16> BBPreds;
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000758 if (const PHINode *BBPN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(BB->begin())) {
759 // It is faster to get preds from a PHI than with pred_iterator.
760 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BBPN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
761 BBPreds.insert(BBPN->getIncomingBlock(i));
762 } else {
763 BBPreds.insert(pred_begin(BB), pred_end(BB));
764 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000765
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000766 // Walk the preds of DestBB.
767 for (unsigned i = 0, e = DestBBPN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
768 BasicBlock *Pred = DestBBPN->getIncomingBlock(i);
769 if (BBPreds.count(Pred)) { // Common predecessor?
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000770 for (const PHINode &PN : DestBB->phis()) {
771 const Value *V1 = PN.getIncomingValueForBlock(Pred);
772 const Value *V2 = PN.getIncomingValueForBlock(BB);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000773
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000774 // If V2 is a phi node in BB, look up what the mapped value will be.
775 if (const PHINode *V2PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(V2))
776 if (V2PN->getParent() == BB)
777 V2 = V2PN->getIncomingValueForBlock(Pred);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000778
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000779 // If there is a conflict, bail out.
780 if (V1 != V2) return false;
781 }
782 }
783 }
784
785 return true;
786}
787
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000788/// Eliminate a basic block that has only phi's and an unconditional branch in
789/// it.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000790void CodeGenPrepare::eliminateMostlyEmptyBlock(BasicBlock *BB) {
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000791 BranchInst *BI = cast<BranchInst>(BB->getTerminator());
792 BasicBlock *DestBB = BI->getSuccessor(0);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000793
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000794 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "MERGING MOSTLY EMPTY BLOCKS - BEFORE:\n"
795 << *BB << *DestBB);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000796
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000797 // If the destination block has a single pred, then this is a trivial edge,
798 // just collapse it.
Chris Lattner4059f432008-11-27 19:29:14 +0000799 if (BasicBlock *SinglePred = DestBB->getSinglePredecessor()) {
Chris Lattner8a172da2008-11-28 19:54:49 +0000800 if (SinglePred != DestBB) {
Alina Sbirleadfd14ad2018-06-20 22:01:04 +0000801 assert(SinglePred == BB &&
802 "Single predecessor not the same as predecessor");
803 // Merge DestBB into SinglePred/BB and delete it.
804 MergeBlockIntoPredecessor(DestBB);
805 // Note: BB(=SinglePred) will not be deleted on this path.
806 // DestBB(=its single successor) is the one that was deleted.
807 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "AFTER:\n" << *SinglePred << "\n\n\n");
Chris Lattner8a172da2008-11-28 19:54:49 +0000808 return;
809 }
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000810 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000811
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000812 // Otherwise, we have multiple predecessors of BB. Update the PHIs in DestBB
813 // to handle the new incoming edges it is about to have.
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000814 for (PHINode &PN : DestBB->phis()) {
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000815 // Remove the incoming value for BB, and remember it.
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000816 Value *InVal = PN.removeIncomingValue(BB, false);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000817
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000818 // Two options: either the InVal is a phi node defined in BB or it is some
819 // value that dominates BB.
820 PHINode *InValPhi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(InVal);
821 if (InValPhi && InValPhi->getParent() == BB) {
822 // Add all of the input values of the input PHI as inputs of this phi.
823 for (unsigned i = 0, e = InValPhi->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000824 PN.addIncoming(InValPhi->getIncomingValue(i),
825 InValPhi->getIncomingBlock(i));
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000826 } else {
827 // Otherwise, add one instance of the dominating value for each edge that
828 // we will be adding.
829 if (PHINode *BBPN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(BB->begin())) {
830 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BBPN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000831 PN.addIncoming(InVal, BBPN->getIncomingBlock(i));
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000832 } else {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith6c990152014-07-21 17:06:51 +0000833 for (pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(BB), E = pred_end(BB); PI != E; ++PI)
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000834 PN.addIncoming(InVal, *PI);
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000835 }
836 }
837 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000838
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000839 // The PHIs are now updated, change everything that refers to BB to use
840 // DestBB and remove BB.
841 BB->replaceAllUsesWith(DestBB);
842 BB->eraseFromParent();
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +0000843 ++NumBlocksElim;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000844
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000845 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "AFTER:\n" << *DestBB << "\n\n\n");
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000846}
847
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000848// Computes a map of base pointer relocation instructions to corresponding
849// derived pointer relocation instructions given a vector of all relocate calls
850static void computeBaseDerivedRelocateMap(
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000851 const SmallVectorImpl<GCRelocateInst *> &AllRelocateCalls,
852 DenseMap<GCRelocateInst *, SmallVector<GCRelocateInst *, 2>>
853 &RelocateInstMap) {
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000854 // Collect information in two maps: one primarily for locating the base object
855 // while filling the second map; the second map is the final structure holding
856 // a mapping between Base and corresponding Derived relocate calls
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000857 DenseMap<std::pair<unsigned, unsigned>, GCRelocateInst *> RelocateIdxMap;
858 for (auto *ThisRelocate : AllRelocateCalls) {
859 auto K = std::make_pair(ThisRelocate->getBasePtrIndex(),
860 ThisRelocate->getDerivedPtrIndex());
861 RelocateIdxMap.insert(std::make_pair(K, ThisRelocate));
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000862 }
863 for (auto &Item : RelocateIdxMap) {
864 std::pair<unsigned, unsigned> Key = Item.first;
865 if (Key.first == Key.second)
866 // Base relocation: nothing to insert
867 continue;
868
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000869 GCRelocateInst *I = Item.second;
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000870 auto BaseKey = std::make_pair(Key.first, Key.first);
Sanjoy Dasb8186762015-02-27 02:24:16 +0000871
872 // We're iterating over RelocateIdxMap so we cannot modify it.
873 auto MaybeBase = RelocateIdxMap.find(BaseKey);
874 if (MaybeBase == RelocateIdxMap.end())
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000875 // TODO: We might want to insert a new base object relocate and gep off
876 // that, if there are enough derived object relocates.
877 continue;
Sanjoy Dasb8186762015-02-27 02:24:16 +0000878
879 RelocateInstMap[MaybeBase->second].push_back(I);
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000880 }
881}
882
883// Accepts a GEP and extracts the operands into a vector provided they're all
884// small integer constants
885static bool getGEPSmallConstantIntOffsetV(GetElementPtrInst *GEP,
886 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &OffsetV) {
887 for (unsigned i = 1; i < GEP->getNumOperands(); i++) {
888 // Only accept small constant integer operands
889 auto Op = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i));
890 if (!Op || Op->getZExtValue() > 20)
891 return false;
892 }
893
894 for (unsigned i = 1; i < GEP->getNumOperands(); i++)
895 OffsetV.push_back(GEP->getOperand(i));
896 return true;
897}
898
899// Takes a RelocatedBase (base pointer relocation instruction) and Targets to
900// replace, computes a replacement, and affects it.
901static bool
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000902simplifyRelocatesOffABase(GCRelocateInst *RelocatedBase,
903 const SmallVectorImpl<GCRelocateInst *> &Targets) {
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000904 bool MadeChange = false;
Serguei Katkov9e5604d2017-08-17 05:48:30 +0000905 // We must ensure the relocation of derived pointer is defined after
906 // relocation of base pointer. If we find a relocation corresponding to base
907 // defined earlier than relocation of base then we move relocation of base
908 // right before found relocation. We consider only relocation in the same
909 // basic block as relocation of base. Relocations from other basic block will
910 // be skipped by optimization and we do not care about them.
911 for (auto R = RelocatedBase->getParent()->getFirstInsertionPt();
912 &*R != RelocatedBase; ++R)
913 if (auto RI = dyn_cast<GCRelocateInst>(R))
914 if (RI->getStatepoint() == RelocatedBase->getStatepoint())
915 if (RI->getBasePtrIndex() == RelocatedBase->getBasePtrIndex()) {
916 RelocatedBase->moveBefore(RI);
917 break;
918 }
919
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000920 for (GCRelocateInst *ToReplace : Targets) {
921 assert(ToReplace->getBasePtrIndex() == RelocatedBase->getBasePtrIndex() &&
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000922 "Not relocating a derived object of the original base object");
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000923 if (ToReplace->getBasePtrIndex() == ToReplace->getDerivedPtrIndex()) {
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000924 // A duplicate relocate call. TODO: coalesce duplicates.
925 continue;
926 }
927
Igor Laevskyf637b4a2015-11-03 18:37:40 +0000928 if (RelocatedBase->getParent() != ToReplace->getParent()) {
929 // Base and derived relocates are in different basic blocks.
930 // In this case transform is only valid when base dominates derived
931 // relocate. However it would be too expensive to check dominance
932 // for each such relocate, so we skip the whole transformation.
933 continue;
934 }
935
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000936 Value *Base = ToReplace->getBasePtr();
937 auto Derived = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(ToReplace->getDerivedPtr());
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000938 if (!Derived || Derived->getPointerOperand() != Base)
939 continue;
940
941 SmallVector<Value *, 2> OffsetV;
942 if (!getGEPSmallConstantIntOffsetV(Derived, OffsetV))
943 continue;
944
945 // Create a Builder and replace the target callsite with a gep
Sanjay Patel545a4562016-01-20 18:59:16 +0000946 assert(RelocatedBase->getNextNode() &&
947 "Should always have one since it's not a terminator");
Sanjoy Das3d705e32015-05-11 23:47:30 +0000948
949 // Insert after RelocatedBase
950 IRBuilder<> Builder(RelocatedBase->getNextNode());
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000951 Builder.SetCurrentDebugLocation(ToReplace->getDebugLoc());
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000952
953 // If gc_relocate does not match the actual type, cast it to the right type.
954 // In theory, there must be a bitcast after gc_relocate if the type does not
955 // match, and we should reuse it to get the derived pointer. But it could be
956 // cases like this:
957 // bb1:
958 // ...
959 // %g1 = call coldcc i8 addrspace(1)* @llvm.experimental.gc.relocate.p1i8(...)
960 // br label %merge
961 //
962 // bb2:
963 // ...
964 // %g2 = call coldcc i8 addrspace(1)* @llvm.experimental.gc.relocate.p1i8(...)
965 // br label %merge
966 //
967 // merge:
968 // %p1 = phi i8 addrspace(1)* [ %g1, %bb1 ], [ %g2, %bb2 ]
969 // %cast = bitcast i8 addrspace(1)* %p1 in to i32 addrspace(1)*
970 //
971 // In this case, we can not find the bitcast any more. So we insert a new bitcast
972 // no matter there is already one or not. In this way, we can handle all cases, and
973 // the extra bitcast should be optimized away in later passes.
Manuel Jacob5b90b142015-12-19 18:38:42 +0000974 Value *ActualRelocatedBase = RelocatedBase;
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000975 if (RelocatedBase->getType() != Base->getType()) {
976 ActualRelocatedBase =
Manuel Jacob5b90b142015-12-19 18:38:42 +0000977 Builder.CreateBitCast(RelocatedBase, Base->getType());
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000978 }
David Blaikie68d535c2015-03-24 22:38:16 +0000979 Value *Replacement = Builder.CreateGEP(
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000980 Derived->getSourceElementType(), ActualRelocatedBase, makeArrayRef(OffsetV));
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000981 Replacement->takeName(ToReplace);
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000982 // If the newly generated derived pointer's type does not match the original derived
983 // pointer's type, cast the new derived pointer to match it. Same reasoning as above.
Manuel Jacob5b90b142015-12-19 18:38:42 +0000984 Value *ActualReplacement = Replacement;
985 if (Replacement->getType() != ToReplace->getType()) {
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000986 ActualReplacement =
Manuel Jacob5b90b142015-12-19 18:38:42 +0000987 Builder.CreateBitCast(Replacement, ToReplace->getType());
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000988 }
989 ToReplace->replaceAllUsesWith(ActualReplacement);
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000990 ToReplace->eraseFromParent();
991
992 MadeChange = true;
993 }
994 return MadeChange;
995}
996
997// Turns this:
998//
999// %base = ...
1000// %ptr = gep %base + 15
1001// %tok = statepoint (%fun, i32 0, i32 0, i32 0, %base, %ptr)
1002// %base' = relocate(%tok, i32 4, i32 4)
1003// %ptr' = relocate(%tok, i32 4, i32 5)
1004// %val = load %ptr'
1005//
1006// into this:
1007//
1008// %base = ...
1009// %ptr = gep %base + 15
1010// %tok = statepoint (%fun, i32 0, i32 0, i32 0, %base, %ptr)
1011// %base' = gc.relocate(%tok, i32 4, i32 4)
1012// %ptr' = gep %base' + 15
1013// %val = load %ptr'
1014bool CodeGenPrepare::simplifyOffsetableRelocate(Instruction &I) {
1015 bool MadeChange = false;
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +00001016 SmallVector<GCRelocateInst *, 2> AllRelocateCalls;
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +00001017
1018 for (auto *U : I.users())
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +00001019 if (GCRelocateInst *Relocate = dyn_cast<GCRelocateInst>(U))
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +00001020 // Collect all the relocate calls associated with a statepoint
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +00001021 AllRelocateCalls.push_back(Relocate);
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +00001022
1023 // We need atleast one base pointer relocation + one derived pointer
1024 // relocation to mangle
1025 if (AllRelocateCalls.size() < 2)
1026 return false;
1027
1028 // RelocateInstMap is a mapping from the base relocate instruction to the
1029 // corresponding derived relocate instructions
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +00001030 DenseMap<GCRelocateInst *, SmallVector<GCRelocateInst *, 2>> RelocateInstMap;
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +00001031 computeBaseDerivedRelocateMap(AllRelocateCalls, RelocateInstMap);
1032 if (RelocateInstMap.empty())
1033 return false;
1034
1035 for (auto &Item : RelocateInstMap)
1036 // Item.first is the RelocatedBase to offset against
1037 // Item.second is the vector of Targets to replace
1038 MadeChange = simplifyRelocatesOffABase(Item.first, Item.second);
1039 return MadeChange;
1040}
1041
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00001042/// SinkCast - Sink the specified cast instruction into its user blocks
1043static bool SinkCast(CastInst *CI) {
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001044 BasicBlock *DefBB = CI->getParent();
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001045
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001046 /// InsertedCasts - Only insert a cast in each block once.
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001047 DenseMap<BasicBlock*, CastInst*> InsertedCasts;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001048
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001049 bool MadeChange = false;
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001050 for (Value::user_iterator UI = CI->user_begin(), E = CI->user_end();
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001051 UI != E; ) {
1052 Use &TheUse = UI.getUse();
1053 Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(*UI);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001054
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001055 // Figure out which BB this cast is used in. For PHI's this is the
1056 // appropriate predecessor block.
1057 BasicBlock *UserBB = User->getParent();
1058 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(User)) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001059 UserBB = PN->getIncomingBlock(TheUse);
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001060 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001061
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001062 // Preincrement use iterator so we don't invalidate it.
1063 ++UI;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001064
David Majnemer0c80e2e2016-04-27 19:36:38 +00001065 // The first insertion point of a block containing an EH pad is after the
1066 // pad. If the pad is the user, we cannot sink the cast past the pad.
1067 if (User->isEHPad())
1068 continue;
1069
Andrew Kaylord0430e82015-11-23 19:16:15 +00001070 // If the block selected to receive the cast is an EH pad that does not
1071 // allow non-PHI instructions before the terminator, we can't sink the
1072 // cast.
1073 if (UserBB->getTerminator()->isEHPad())
1074 continue;
1075
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001076 // If this user is in the same block as the cast, don't change the cast.
1077 if (UserBB == DefBB) continue;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001078
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001079 // If we have already inserted a cast into this block, use it.
1080 CastInst *&InsertedCast = InsertedCasts[UserBB];
1081
1082 if (!InsertedCast) {
Bill Wendling8ddfc092011-08-16 20:45:24 +00001083 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = UserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001084 assert(InsertPt != UserBB->end());
1085 InsertedCast = CastInst::Create(CI->getOpcode(), CI->getOperand(0),
1086 CI->getType(), "", &*InsertPt);
Vedant Kumar9374c042018-05-23 22:03:48 +00001087 InsertedCast->setDebugLoc(CI->getDebugLoc());
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001088 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001089
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001090 // Replace a use of the cast with a use of the new cast.
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001091 TheUse = InsertedCast;
Benjamin Kramerb4bf14c2015-04-10 22:25:36 +00001092 MadeChange = true;
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +00001093 ++NumCastUses;
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001094 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001095
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001096 // If we removed all uses, nuke the cast.
Duncan Sandsafa84da42008-01-20 16:51:46 +00001097 if (CI->use_empty()) {
Adrian Prantl261ac8b2017-11-03 21:55:03 +00001098 salvageDebugInfo(*CI);
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001099 CI->eraseFromParent();
Duncan Sandsafa84da42008-01-20 16:51:46 +00001100 MadeChange = true;
1101 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001102
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001103 return MadeChange;
1104}
1105
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001106/// If the specified cast instruction is a noop copy (e.g. it's casting from
1107/// one pointer type to another, i32->i8 on PPC), sink it into user blocks to
1108/// reduce the number of virtual registers that must be created and coalesced.
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00001109///
1110/// Return true if any changes are made.
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001111static bool OptimizeNoopCopyExpression(CastInst *CI, const TargetLowering &TLI,
1112 const DataLayout &DL) {
Justin Lebar3e50a5b2016-11-21 22:49:15 +00001113 // Sink only "cheap" (or nop) address-space casts. This is a weaker condition
1114 // than sinking only nop casts, but is helpful on some platforms.
1115 if (auto *ASC = dyn_cast<AddrSpaceCastInst>(CI)) {
1116 if (!TLI.isCheapAddrSpaceCast(ASC->getSrcAddressSpace(),
1117 ASC->getDestAddressSpace()))
1118 return false;
1119 }
1120
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00001121 // If this is a noop copy,
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001122 EVT SrcVT = TLI.getValueType(DL, CI->getOperand(0)->getType());
1123 EVT DstVT = TLI.getValueType(DL, CI->getType());
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00001124
1125 // This is an fp<->int conversion?
1126 if (SrcVT.isInteger() != DstVT.isInteger())
1127 return false;
1128
1129 // If this is an extension, it will be a zero or sign extension, which
1130 // isn't a noop.
1131 if (SrcVT.bitsLT(DstVT)) return false;
1132
1133 // If these values will be promoted, find out what they will be promoted
1134 // to. This helps us consider truncates on PPC as noop copies when they
1135 // are.
1136 if (TLI.getTypeAction(CI->getContext(), SrcVT) ==
1137 TargetLowering::TypePromoteInteger)
1138 SrcVT = TLI.getTypeToTransformTo(CI->getContext(), SrcVT);
1139 if (TLI.getTypeAction(CI->getContext(), DstVT) ==
1140 TargetLowering::TypePromoteInteger)
1141 DstVT = TLI.getTypeToTransformTo(CI->getContext(), DstVT);
1142
1143 // If, after promotion, these are the same types, this is a noop copy.
1144 if (SrcVT != DstVT)
1145 return false;
1146
1147 return SinkCast(CI);
1148}
1149
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001150/// Try to combine CI into a call to the llvm.uadd.with.overflow intrinsic if
1151/// possible.
Sanjoy Dasb6c59142015-04-10 21:07:09 +00001152///
1153/// Return true if any changes were made.
1154static bool CombineUAddWithOverflow(CmpInst *CI) {
1155 Value *A, *B;
1156 Instruction *AddI;
1157 if (!match(CI,
1158 m_UAddWithOverflow(m_Value(A), m_Value(B), m_Instruction(AddI))))
1159 return false;
1160
1161 Type *Ty = AddI->getType();
1162 if (!isa<IntegerType>(Ty))
1163 return false;
1164
1165 // We don't want to move around uses of condition values this late, so we we
1166 // check if it is legal to create the call to the intrinsic in the basic
1167 // block containing the icmp:
1168
1169 if (AddI->getParent() != CI->getParent() && !AddI->hasOneUse())
1170 return false;
1171
1172#ifndef NDEBUG
1173 // Someday m_UAddWithOverflow may get smarter, but this is a safe assumption
1174 // for now:
1175 if (AddI->hasOneUse())
1176 assert(*AddI->user_begin() == CI && "expected!");
1177#endif
1178
Sanjay Patelaf674fb2015-12-14 17:24:23 +00001179 Module *M = CI->getModule();
James Y Knight7976eb52019-02-01 20:43:25 +00001180 Function *F = Intrinsic::getDeclaration(M, Intrinsic::uadd_with_overflow, Ty);
Sanjoy Dasb6c59142015-04-10 21:07:09 +00001181
1182 auto *InsertPt = AddI->hasOneUse() ? CI : AddI;
1183
Vedant Kumara85ca3d2018-08-22 18:15:03 +00001184 DebugLoc Loc = CI->getDebugLoc();
Sanjoy Dasb6c59142015-04-10 21:07:09 +00001185 auto *UAddWithOverflow =
1186 CallInst::Create(F, {A, B}, "uadd.overflow", InsertPt);
Vedant Kumara85ca3d2018-08-22 18:15:03 +00001187 UAddWithOverflow->setDebugLoc(Loc);
Sanjoy Dasb6c59142015-04-10 21:07:09 +00001188 auto *UAdd = ExtractValueInst::Create(UAddWithOverflow, 0, "uadd", InsertPt);
Vedant Kumara85ca3d2018-08-22 18:15:03 +00001189 UAdd->setDebugLoc(Loc);
Sanjoy Dasb6c59142015-04-10 21:07:09 +00001190 auto *Overflow =
1191 ExtractValueInst::Create(UAddWithOverflow, 1, "overflow", InsertPt);
Vedant Kumara85ca3d2018-08-22 18:15:03 +00001192 Overflow->setDebugLoc(Loc);
Sanjoy Dasb6c59142015-04-10 21:07:09 +00001193
1194 CI->replaceAllUsesWith(Overflow);
1195 AddI->replaceAllUsesWith(UAdd);
1196 CI->eraseFromParent();
1197 AddI->eraseFromParent();
1198 return true;
1199}
1200
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001201/// Sink the given CmpInst into user blocks to reduce the number of virtual
1202/// registers that must be created and coalesced. This is a clear win except on
1203/// targets with multiple condition code registers (PowerPC), where it might
1204/// lose; some adjustment may be wanted there.
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001205///
1206/// Return true if any changes are made.
Peter Zotov8efe38a2016-04-03 19:32:13 +00001207static bool SinkCmpExpression(CmpInst *CI, const TargetLowering *TLI) {
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001208 BasicBlock *DefBB = CI->getParent();
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001209
Peter Zotov0b6d7bc2016-04-03 16:36:17 +00001210 // Avoid sinking soft-FP comparisons, since this can move them into a loop.
Peter Zotov8efe38a2016-04-03 19:32:13 +00001211 if (TLI && TLI->useSoftFloat() && isa<FCmpInst>(CI))
Peter Zotov0b6d7bc2016-04-03 16:36:17 +00001212 return false;
1213
1214 // Only insert a cmp in each block once.
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001215 DenseMap<BasicBlock*, CmpInst*> InsertedCmps;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001216
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001217 bool MadeChange = false;
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001218 for (Value::user_iterator UI = CI->user_begin(), E = CI->user_end();
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001219 UI != E; ) {
1220 Use &TheUse = UI.getUse();
1221 Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(*UI);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001222
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001223 // Preincrement use iterator so we don't invalidate it.
1224 ++UI;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001225
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001226 // Don't bother for PHI nodes.
1227 if (isa<PHINode>(User))
1228 continue;
1229
1230 // Figure out which BB this cmp is used in.
1231 BasicBlock *UserBB = User->getParent();
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001232
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001233 // If this user is in the same block as the cmp, don't change the cmp.
1234 if (UserBB == DefBB) continue;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001235
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001236 // If we have already inserted a cmp into this block, use it.
1237 CmpInst *&InsertedCmp = InsertedCmps[UserBB];
1238
1239 if (!InsertedCmp) {
Bill Wendling8ddfc092011-08-16 20:45:24 +00001240 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = UserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001241 assert(InsertPt != UserBB->end());
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001242 InsertedCmp =
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001243 CmpInst::Create(CI->getOpcode(), CI->getPredicate(),
1244 CI->getOperand(0), CI->getOperand(1), "", &*InsertPt);
Wolfgang Piebe51bede2016-10-06 21:43:45 +00001245 // Propagate the debug info.
1246 InsertedCmp->setDebugLoc(CI->getDebugLoc());
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001247 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001248
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001249 // Replace a use of the cmp with a use of the new cmp.
1250 TheUse = InsertedCmp;
Benjamin Kramerb4bf14c2015-04-10 22:25:36 +00001251 MadeChange = true;
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +00001252 ++NumCmpUses;
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001253 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001254
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001255 // If we removed all uses, nuke the cmp.
Benjamin Kramerb4bf14c2015-04-10 22:25:36 +00001256 if (CI->use_empty()) {
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001257 CI->eraseFromParent();
Benjamin Kramerb4bf14c2015-04-10 22:25:36 +00001258 MadeChange = true;
1259 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001260
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001261 return MadeChange;
1262}
1263
Peter Zotovf87e5502016-04-03 17:11:53 +00001264static bool OptimizeCmpExpression(CmpInst *CI, const TargetLowering *TLI) {
Peter Zotov8efe38a2016-04-03 19:32:13 +00001265 if (SinkCmpExpression(CI, TLI))
Sanjoy Dasb6c59142015-04-10 21:07:09 +00001266 return true;
1267
1268 if (CombineUAddWithOverflow(CI))
1269 return true;
1270
1271 return false;
1272}
1273
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +00001274/// Duplicate and sink the given 'and' instruction into user blocks where it is
1275/// used in a compare to allow isel to generate better code for targets where
1276/// this operation can be combined.
1277///
1278/// Return true if any changes are made.
1279static bool sinkAndCmp0Expression(Instruction *AndI,
1280 const TargetLowering &TLI,
1281 SetOfInstrs &InsertedInsts) {
1282 // Double-check that we're not trying to optimize an instruction that was
1283 // already optimized by some other part of this pass.
1284 assert(!InsertedInsts.count(AndI) &&
1285 "Attempting to optimize already optimized and instruction");
1286 (void) InsertedInsts;
1287
1288 // Nothing to do for single use in same basic block.
1289 if (AndI->hasOneUse() &&
1290 AndI->getParent() == cast<Instruction>(*AndI->user_begin())->getParent())
1291 return false;
1292
1293 // Try to avoid cases where sinking/duplicating is likely to increase register
1294 // pressure.
1295 if (!isa<ConstantInt>(AndI->getOperand(0)) &&
1296 !isa<ConstantInt>(AndI->getOperand(1)) &&
1297 AndI->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse() && AndI->getOperand(1)->hasOneUse())
1298 return false;
1299
1300 for (auto *U : AndI->users()) {
1301 Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(U);
1302
1303 // Only sink for and mask feeding icmp with 0.
1304 if (!isa<ICmpInst>(User))
1305 return false;
1306
1307 auto *CmpC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(User->getOperand(1));
1308 if (!CmpC || !CmpC->isZero())
1309 return false;
1310 }
1311
1312 if (!TLI.isMaskAndCmp0FoldingBeneficial(*AndI))
1313 return false;
1314
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00001315 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "found 'and' feeding only icmp 0;\n");
1316 LLVM_DEBUG(AndI->getParent()->dump());
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +00001317
1318 // Push the 'and' into the same block as the icmp 0. There should only be
1319 // one (icmp (and, 0)) in each block, since CSE/GVN should have removed any
1320 // others, so we don't need to keep track of which BBs we insert into.
1321 for (Value::user_iterator UI = AndI->user_begin(), E = AndI->user_end();
1322 UI != E; ) {
1323 Use &TheUse = UI.getUse();
1324 Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(*UI);
1325
1326 // Preincrement use iterator so we don't invalidate it.
1327 ++UI;
1328
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00001329 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "sinking 'and' use: " << *User << "\n");
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +00001330
1331 // Keep the 'and' in the same place if the use is already in the same block.
1332 Instruction *InsertPt =
1333 User->getParent() == AndI->getParent() ? AndI : User;
1334 Instruction *InsertedAnd =
1335 BinaryOperator::Create(Instruction::And, AndI->getOperand(0),
1336 AndI->getOperand(1), "", InsertPt);
1337 // Propagate the debug info.
1338 InsertedAnd->setDebugLoc(AndI->getDebugLoc());
1339
1340 // Replace a use of the 'and' with a use of the new 'and'.
1341 TheUse = InsertedAnd;
1342 ++NumAndUses;
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00001343 LLVM_DEBUG(User->getParent()->dump());
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +00001344 }
1345
1346 // We removed all uses, nuke the and.
1347 AndI->eraseFromParent();
1348 return true;
1349}
1350
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001351/// Check if the candidates could be combined with a shift instruction, which
1352/// includes:
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001353/// 1. Truncate instruction
1354/// 2. And instruction and the imm is a mask of the low bits:
1355/// imm & (imm+1) == 0
Benjamin Kramer322053c2014-04-27 14:54:59 +00001356static bool isExtractBitsCandidateUse(Instruction *User) {
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001357 if (!isa<TruncInst>(User)) {
1358 if (User->getOpcode() != Instruction::And ||
1359 !isa<ConstantInt>(User->getOperand(1)))
1360 return false;
1361
Quentin Colombetd4f44692014-04-22 01:20:34 +00001362 const APInt &Cimm = cast<ConstantInt>(User->getOperand(1))->getValue();
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001363
Quentin Colombetd4f44692014-04-22 01:20:34 +00001364 if ((Cimm & (Cimm + 1)).getBoolValue())
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001365 return false;
1366 }
1367 return true;
1368}
1369
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001370/// Sink both shift and truncate instruction to the use of truncate's BB.
Benjamin Kramer322053c2014-04-27 14:54:59 +00001371static bool
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001372SinkShiftAndTruncate(BinaryOperator *ShiftI, Instruction *User, ConstantInt *CI,
1373 DenseMap<BasicBlock *, BinaryOperator *> &InsertedShifts,
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001374 const TargetLowering &TLI, const DataLayout &DL) {
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001375 BasicBlock *UserBB = User->getParent();
1376 DenseMap<BasicBlock *, CastInst *> InsertedTruncs;
1377 TruncInst *TruncI = dyn_cast<TruncInst>(User);
1378 bool MadeChange = false;
1379
1380 for (Value::user_iterator TruncUI = TruncI->user_begin(),
1381 TruncE = TruncI->user_end();
1382 TruncUI != TruncE;) {
1383
1384 Use &TruncTheUse = TruncUI.getUse();
1385 Instruction *TruncUser = cast<Instruction>(*TruncUI);
1386 // Preincrement use iterator so we don't invalidate it.
1387
1388 ++TruncUI;
1389
1390 int ISDOpcode = TLI.InstructionOpcodeToISD(TruncUser->getOpcode());
1391 if (!ISDOpcode)
1392 continue;
1393
Tim Northovere2239ff2014-07-29 10:20:22 +00001394 // If the use is actually a legal node, there will not be an
1395 // implicit truncate.
1396 // FIXME: always querying the result type is just an
1397 // approximation; some nodes' legality is determined by the
1398 // operand or other means. There's no good way to find out though.
Ahmed Bougacha0788d492014-11-12 22:16:55 +00001399 if (TLI.isOperationLegalOrCustom(
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001400 ISDOpcode, TLI.getValueType(DL, TruncUser->getType(), true)))
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001401 continue;
1402
1403 // Don't bother for PHI nodes.
1404 if (isa<PHINode>(TruncUser))
1405 continue;
1406
1407 BasicBlock *TruncUserBB = TruncUser->getParent();
1408
1409 if (UserBB == TruncUserBB)
1410 continue;
1411
1412 BinaryOperator *&InsertedShift = InsertedShifts[TruncUserBB];
1413 CastInst *&InsertedTrunc = InsertedTruncs[TruncUserBB];
1414
1415 if (!InsertedShift && !InsertedTrunc) {
1416 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = TruncUserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001417 assert(InsertPt != TruncUserBB->end());
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001418 // Sink the shift
1419 if (ShiftI->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr)
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001420 InsertedShift = BinaryOperator::CreateAShr(ShiftI->getOperand(0), CI,
1421 "", &*InsertPt);
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001422 else
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001423 InsertedShift = BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(ShiftI->getOperand(0), CI,
1424 "", &*InsertPt);
Vedant Kumar1b02dad2018-09-15 04:08:52 +00001425 InsertedShift->setDebugLoc(ShiftI->getDebugLoc());
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001426
1427 // Sink the trunc
1428 BasicBlock::iterator TruncInsertPt = TruncUserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
1429 TruncInsertPt++;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001430 assert(TruncInsertPt != TruncUserBB->end());
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001431
1432 InsertedTrunc = CastInst::Create(TruncI->getOpcode(), InsertedShift,
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001433 TruncI->getType(), "", &*TruncInsertPt);
Vedant Kumar1b02dad2018-09-15 04:08:52 +00001434 InsertedTrunc->setDebugLoc(TruncI->getDebugLoc());
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001435
1436 MadeChange = true;
1437
1438 TruncTheUse = InsertedTrunc;
1439 }
1440 }
1441 return MadeChange;
1442}
1443
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001444/// Sink the shift *right* instruction into user blocks if the uses could
1445/// potentially be combined with this shift instruction and generate BitExtract
1446/// instruction. It will only be applied if the architecture supports BitExtract
1447/// instruction. Here is an example:
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001448/// BB1:
1449/// %x.extract.shift = lshr i64 %arg1, 32
1450/// BB2:
1451/// %x.extract.trunc = trunc i64 %x.extract.shift to i16
1452/// ==>
1453///
1454/// BB2:
1455/// %x.extract.shift.1 = lshr i64 %arg1, 32
1456/// %x.extract.trunc = trunc i64 %x.extract.shift.1 to i16
1457///
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00001458/// CodeGen will recognize the pattern in BB2 and generate BitExtract
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001459/// instruction.
1460/// Return true if any changes are made.
1461static bool OptimizeExtractBits(BinaryOperator *ShiftI, ConstantInt *CI,
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001462 const TargetLowering &TLI,
1463 const DataLayout &DL) {
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001464 BasicBlock *DefBB = ShiftI->getParent();
1465
1466 /// Only insert instructions in each block once.
1467 DenseMap<BasicBlock *, BinaryOperator *> InsertedShifts;
1468
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001469 bool shiftIsLegal = TLI.isTypeLegal(TLI.getValueType(DL, ShiftI->getType()));
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001470
1471 bool MadeChange = false;
1472 for (Value::user_iterator UI = ShiftI->user_begin(), E = ShiftI->user_end();
1473 UI != E;) {
1474 Use &TheUse = UI.getUse();
1475 Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(*UI);
1476 // Preincrement use iterator so we don't invalidate it.
1477 ++UI;
1478
1479 // Don't bother for PHI nodes.
1480 if (isa<PHINode>(User))
1481 continue;
1482
1483 if (!isExtractBitsCandidateUse(User))
1484 continue;
1485
1486 BasicBlock *UserBB = User->getParent();
1487
1488 if (UserBB == DefBB) {
1489 // If the shift and truncate instruction are in the same BB. The use of
1490 // the truncate(TruncUse) may still introduce another truncate if not
1491 // legal. In this case, we would like to sink both shift and truncate
1492 // instruction to the BB of TruncUse.
1493 // for example:
1494 // BB1:
1495 // i64 shift.result = lshr i64 opnd, imm
1496 // trunc.result = trunc shift.result to i16
1497 //
1498 // BB2:
1499 // ----> We will have an implicit truncate here if the architecture does
1500 // not have i16 compare.
1501 // cmp i16 trunc.result, opnd2
1502 //
1503 if (isa<TruncInst>(User) && shiftIsLegal
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00001504 // If the type of the truncate is legal, no truncate will be
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001505 // introduced in other basic blocks.
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001506 &&
1507 (!TLI.isTypeLegal(TLI.getValueType(DL, User->getType()))))
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001508 MadeChange =
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001509 SinkShiftAndTruncate(ShiftI, User, CI, InsertedShifts, TLI, DL);
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001510
1511 continue;
1512 }
1513 // If we have already inserted a shift into this block, use it.
1514 BinaryOperator *&InsertedShift = InsertedShifts[UserBB];
1515
1516 if (!InsertedShift) {
1517 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = UserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001518 assert(InsertPt != UserBB->end());
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001519
1520 if (ShiftI->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr)
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001521 InsertedShift = BinaryOperator::CreateAShr(ShiftI->getOperand(0), CI,
1522 "", &*InsertPt);
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001523 else
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001524 InsertedShift = BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(ShiftI->getOperand(0), CI,
1525 "", &*InsertPt);
Vedant Kumar1b02dad2018-09-15 04:08:52 +00001526 InsertedShift->setDebugLoc(ShiftI->getDebugLoc());
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001527
1528 MadeChange = true;
1529 }
1530
1531 // Replace a use of the shift with a use of the new shift.
1532 TheUse = InsertedShift;
1533 }
1534
1535 // If we removed all uses, nuke the shift.
Vedant Kumar1b02dad2018-09-15 04:08:52 +00001536 if (ShiftI->use_empty()) {
1537 salvageDebugInfo(*ShiftI);
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001538 ShiftI->eraseFromParent();
Vedant Kumar1b02dad2018-09-15 04:08:52 +00001539 }
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001540
1541 return MadeChange;
1542}
1543
Sanjay Patel4699b8a2015-11-19 16:37:10 +00001544/// If counting leading or trailing zeros is an expensive operation and a zero
1545/// input is defined, add a check for zero to avoid calling the intrinsic.
1546///
1547/// We want to transform:
1548/// %z = call i64 @llvm.cttz.i64(i64 %A, i1 false)
1549///
1550/// into:
1551/// entry:
1552/// %cmpz = icmp eq i64 %A, 0
1553/// br i1 %cmpz, label %cond.end, label %cond.false
1554/// cond.false:
1555/// %z = call i64 @llvm.cttz.i64(i64 %A, i1 true)
1556/// br label %cond.end
1557/// cond.end:
1558/// %ctz = phi i64 [ 64, %entry ], [ %z, %cond.false ]
1559///
1560/// If the transform is performed, return true and set ModifiedDT to true.
1561static bool despeculateCountZeros(IntrinsicInst *CountZeros,
1562 const TargetLowering *TLI,
1563 const DataLayout *DL,
1564 bool &ModifiedDT) {
1565 if (!TLI || !DL)
1566 return false;
1567
1568 // If a zero input is undefined, it doesn't make sense to despeculate that.
1569 if (match(CountZeros->getOperand(1), m_One()))
1570 return false;
1571
1572 // If it's cheap to speculate, there's nothing to do.
1573 auto IntrinsicID = CountZeros->getIntrinsicID();
1574 if ((IntrinsicID == Intrinsic::cttz && TLI->isCheapToSpeculateCttz()) ||
1575 (IntrinsicID == Intrinsic::ctlz && TLI->isCheapToSpeculateCtlz()))
1576 return false;
1577
1578 // Only handle legal scalar cases. Anything else requires too much work.
1579 Type *Ty = CountZeros->getType();
1580 unsigned SizeInBits = Ty->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Jun Bum Limbe11bdc2016-05-13 18:38:35 +00001581 if (Ty->isVectorTy() || SizeInBits > DL->getLargestLegalIntTypeSizeInBits())
Sanjay Patel4699b8a2015-11-19 16:37:10 +00001582 return false;
1583
1584 // The intrinsic will be sunk behind a compare against zero and branch.
1585 BasicBlock *StartBlock = CountZeros->getParent();
1586 BasicBlock *CallBlock = StartBlock->splitBasicBlock(CountZeros, "cond.false");
1587
1588 // Create another block after the count zero intrinsic. A PHI will be added
1589 // in this block to select the result of the intrinsic or the bit-width
1590 // constant if the input to the intrinsic is zero.
1591 BasicBlock::iterator SplitPt = ++(BasicBlock::iterator(CountZeros));
1592 BasicBlock *EndBlock = CallBlock->splitBasicBlock(SplitPt, "cond.end");
1593
1594 // Set up a builder to create a compare, conditional branch, and PHI.
1595 IRBuilder<> Builder(CountZeros->getContext());
1596 Builder.SetInsertPoint(StartBlock->getTerminator());
1597 Builder.SetCurrentDebugLocation(CountZeros->getDebugLoc());
1598
1599 // Replace the unconditional branch that was created by the first split with
1600 // a compare against zero and a conditional branch.
1601 Value *Zero = Constant::getNullValue(Ty);
1602 Value *Cmp = Builder.CreateICmpEQ(CountZeros->getOperand(0), Zero, "cmpz");
1603 Builder.CreateCondBr(Cmp, EndBlock, CallBlock);
1604 StartBlock->getTerminator()->eraseFromParent();
1605
1606 // Create a PHI in the end block to select either the output of the intrinsic
1607 // or the bit width of the operand.
1608 Builder.SetInsertPoint(&EndBlock->front());
1609 PHINode *PN = Builder.CreatePHI(Ty, 2, "ctz");
1610 CountZeros->replaceAllUsesWith(PN);
1611 Value *BitWidth = Builder.getInt(APInt(SizeInBits, SizeInBits));
1612 PN->addIncoming(BitWidth, StartBlock);
1613 PN->addIncoming(CountZeros, CallBlock);
1614
1615 // We are explicitly handling the zero case, so we can set the intrinsic's
1616 // undefined zero argument to 'true'. This will also prevent reprocessing the
1617 // intrinsic; we only despeculate when a zero input is defined.
1618 CountZeros->setArgOperand(1, Builder.getTrue());
1619 ModifiedDT = true;
1620 return true;
1621}
1622
Sanjay Patel3b8974b2017-06-08 20:00:09 +00001623bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeCallInst(CallInst *CI, bool &ModifiedDT) {
Chris Lattner7a277142011-01-15 07:14:54 +00001624 BasicBlock *BB = CI->getParent();
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00001625
Chris Lattner7a277142011-01-15 07:14:54 +00001626 // Lower inline assembly if we can.
1627 // If we found an inline asm expession, and if the target knows how to
1628 // lower it to normal LLVM code, do so now.
1629 if (TLI && isa<InlineAsm>(CI->getCalledValue())) {
1630 if (TLI->ExpandInlineAsm(CI)) {
1631 // Avoid invalidating the iterator.
1632 CurInstIterator = BB->begin();
1633 // Avoid processing instructions out of order, which could cause
1634 // reuse before a value is defined.
1635 SunkAddrs.clear();
1636 return true;
1637 }
1638 // Sink address computing for memory operands into the block.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00001639 if (optimizeInlineAsmInst(CI))
Chris Lattner7a277142011-01-15 07:14:54 +00001640 return true;
1641 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00001642
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001643 // Align the pointer arguments to this call if the target thinks it's a good
1644 // idea
1645 unsigned MinSize, PrefAlign;
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00001646 if (TLI && TLI->shouldAlignPointerArgs(CI, MinSize, PrefAlign)) {
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001647 for (auto &Arg : CI->arg_operands()) {
1648 // We want to align both objects whose address is used directly and
1649 // objects whose address is used in casts and GEPs, though it only makes
1650 // sense for GEPs if the offset is a multiple of the desired alignment and
1651 // if size - offset meets the size threshold.
1652 if (!Arg->getType()->isPointerTy())
1653 continue;
Elena Demikhovsky945b7e52018-02-14 06:58:08 +00001654 APInt Offset(DL->getIndexSizeInBits(
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00001655 cast<PointerType>(Arg->getType())->getAddressSpace()),
1656 0);
1657 Value *Val = Arg->stripAndAccumulateInBoundsConstantOffsets(*DL, Offset);
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001658 uint64_t Offset2 = Offset.getLimitedValue();
John Brawne8fd6c82015-04-13 10:47:39 +00001659 if ((Offset2 & (PrefAlign-1)) != 0)
1660 continue;
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001661 AllocaInst *AI;
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00001662 if ((AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(Val)) && AI->getAlignment() < PrefAlign &&
1663 DL->getTypeAllocSize(AI->getAllocatedType()) >= MinSize + Offset2)
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001664 AI->setAlignment(PrefAlign);
John Brawne8fd6c82015-04-13 10:47:39 +00001665 // Global variables can only be aligned if they are defined in this
1666 // object (i.e. they are uniquely initialized in this object), and
1667 // over-aligning global variables that have an explicit section is
1668 // forbidden.
1669 GlobalVariable *GV;
James Y Knightac03dca2016-01-15 16:33:06 +00001670 if ((GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(Val)) && GV->canIncreaseAlignment() &&
Tim Northover918f0502016-07-18 18:28:52 +00001671 GV->getPointerAlignment(*DL) < PrefAlign &&
Manuel Jacob5f6eaac2016-01-16 20:30:46 +00001672 DL->getTypeAllocSize(GV->getValueType()) >=
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00001673 MinSize + Offset2)
John Brawne8fd6c82015-04-13 10:47:39 +00001674 GV->setAlignment(PrefAlign);
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001675 }
1676 // If this is a memcpy (or similar) then we may be able to improve the
1677 // alignment
1678 if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(CI)) {
Daniel Neilsonbe58a222018-01-31 17:24:53 +00001679 unsigned DestAlign = getKnownAlignment(MI->getDest(), *DL);
1680 if (DestAlign > MI->getDestAlignment())
1681 MI->setDestAlignment(DestAlign);
1682 if (MemTransferInst *MTI = dyn_cast<MemTransferInst>(MI)) {
1683 unsigned SrcAlign = getKnownAlignment(MTI->getSource(), *DL);
1684 if (SrcAlign > MTI->getSourceAlignment())
1685 MTI->setSourceAlignment(SrcAlign);
1686 }
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001687 }
1688 }
1689
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00001690 // If we have a cold call site, try to sink addressing computation into the
1691 // cold block. This interacts with our handling for loads and stores to
1692 // ensure that we can fold all uses of a potential addressing computation
1693 // into their uses. TODO: generalize this to work over profiling data
1694 if (!OptSize && CI->hasFnAttr(Attribute::Cold))
1695 for (auto &Arg : CI->arg_operands()) {
1696 if (!Arg->getType()->isPointerTy())
1697 continue;
1698 unsigned AS = Arg->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
1699 return optimizeMemoryInst(CI, Arg, Arg->getType(), AS);
1700 }
Junmo Park6098cbb2016-03-11 07:05:32 +00001701
Eric Christopher4b7948e2010-03-11 02:41:03 +00001702 IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(CI);
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001703 if (II) {
1704 switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) {
1705 default: break;
Philip Reamesede49dd2019-01-31 18:45:46 +00001706 case Intrinsic::experimental_widenable_condition: {
1707 // Give up on future widening oppurtunties so that we can fold away dead
1708 // paths and merge blocks before going into block-local instruction
1709 // selection.
1710 if (II->use_empty()) {
1711 II->eraseFromParent();
1712 return true;
1713 }
1714 Constant *RetVal = ConstantInt::getTrue(II->getContext());
1715 resetIteratorIfInvalidatedWhileCalling(BB, [&]() {
1716 replaceAndRecursivelySimplify(CI, RetVal, TLInfo, nullptr);
1717 });
1718 return true;
1719 }
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001720 case Intrinsic::objectsize: {
1721 // Lower all uses of llvm.objectsize.*
Erik Pilkington600e9de2019-01-30 20:34:35 +00001722 Value *RetVal =
George Burgess IV3f089142016-12-20 23:46:36 +00001723 lowerObjectSizeCall(II, *DL, TLInfo, /*MustSucceed=*/true);
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00001724
James Y Knight72f76bf2018-11-07 15:24:12 +00001725 resetIteratorIfInvalidatedWhileCalling(BB, [&]() {
1726 replaceAndRecursivelySimplify(CI, RetVal, TLInfo, nullptr);
1727 });
1728 return true;
1729 }
1730 case Intrinsic::is_constant: {
1731 // If is_constant hasn't folded away yet, lower it to false now.
1732 Constant *RetVal = ConstantInt::get(II->getType(), 0);
1733 resetIteratorIfInvalidatedWhileCalling(BB, [&]() {
1734 replaceAndRecursivelySimplify(CI, RetVal, TLInfo, nullptr);
1735 });
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001736 return true;
Chris Lattner86d56c62011-01-18 20:53:04 +00001737 }
Ahmed Bougacha236f9042015-05-22 21:37:17 +00001738 case Intrinsic::aarch64_stlxr:
1739 case Intrinsic::aarch64_stxr: {
1740 ZExtInst *ExtVal = dyn_cast<ZExtInst>(CI->getArgOperand(0));
1741 if (!ExtVal || !ExtVal->hasOneUse() ||
1742 ExtVal->getParent() == CI->getParent())
1743 return false;
1744 // Sink a zext feeding stlxr/stxr before it, so it can be folded into it.
1745 ExtVal->moveBefore(CI);
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00001746 // Mark this instruction as "inserted by CGP", so that other
1747 // optimizations don't touch it.
1748 InsertedInsts.insert(ExtVal);
Ahmed Bougacha236f9042015-05-22 21:37:17 +00001749 return true;
1750 }
Piotr Padlewski5dde8092018-05-03 11:03:01 +00001751 case Intrinsic::launder_invariant_group:
Krzysztof Pszeniczny2bfe7592018-10-19 19:02:16 +00001752 case Intrinsic::strip_invariant_group: {
1753 Value *ArgVal = II->getArgOperand(0);
1754 auto it = LargeOffsetGEPMap.find(II);
1755 if (it != LargeOffsetGEPMap.end()) {
1756 // Merge entries in LargeOffsetGEPMap to reflect the RAUW.
1757 // Make sure not to have to deal with iterator invalidation
1758 // after possibly adding ArgVal to LargeOffsetGEPMap.
1759 auto GEPs = std::move(it->second);
1760 LargeOffsetGEPMap[ArgVal].append(GEPs.begin(), GEPs.end());
1761 LargeOffsetGEPMap.erase(II);
1762 }
1763
1764 II->replaceAllUsesWith(ArgVal);
Piotr Padlewski6c15ec42015-09-15 18:32:14 +00001765 II->eraseFromParent();
1766 return true;
Krzysztof Pszeniczny2bfe7592018-10-19 19:02:16 +00001767 }
Sanjay Patel4699b8a2015-11-19 16:37:10 +00001768 case Intrinsic::cttz:
1769 case Intrinsic::ctlz:
1770 // If counting zeros is expensive, try to avoid it.
1771 return despeculateCountZeros(II, TLI, DL, ModifiedDT);
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001772 }
Eric Christopher4b7948e2010-03-11 02:41:03 +00001773
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001774 if (TLI) {
1775 SmallVector<Value*, 2> PtrOps;
1776 Type *AccessTy;
Matt Arsenault1672b1b2017-02-08 07:09:03 +00001777 if (TLI->getAddrModeArguments(II, PtrOps, AccessTy))
1778 while (!PtrOps.empty()) {
1779 Value *PtrVal = PtrOps.pop_back_val();
1780 unsigned AS = PtrVal->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
1781 if (optimizeMemoryInst(II, PtrVal, AccessTy, AS))
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001782 return true;
Matt Arsenault1672b1b2017-02-08 07:09:03 +00001783 }
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001784 }
Pete Cooper615fd892012-03-13 20:59:56 +00001785 }
1786
Eric Christopher4b7948e2010-03-11 02:41:03 +00001787 // From here on out we're working with named functions.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00001788 if (!CI->getCalledFunction()) return false;
Devang Patel0da52502011-05-26 21:51:06 +00001789
Benjamin Kramer7b88a492010-03-12 09:27:41 +00001790 // Lower all default uses of _chk calls. This is very similar
1791 // to what InstCombineCalls does, but here we are only lowering calls
Ahmed Bougachae03bef72015-01-12 17:22:43 +00001792 // to fortified library functions (e.g. __memcpy_chk) that have the default
1793 // "don't know" as the objectsize. Anything else should be left alone.
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00001794 FortifiedLibCallSimplifier Simplifier(TLInfo, true);
Ahmed Bougachae03bef72015-01-12 17:22:43 +00001795 if (Value *V = Simplifier.optimizeCall(CI)) {
1796 CI->replaceAllUsesWith(V);
1797 CI->eraseFromParent();
1798 return true;
1799 }
Zaara Syeda3a7578c2017-05-31 17:12:38 +00001800
Ahmed Bougachae03bef72015-01-12 17:22:43 +00001801 return false;
Eric Christopher4b7948e2010-03-11 02:41:03 +00001802}
Chris Lattner1b93be52011-01-15 07:25:29 +00001803
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001804/// Look for opportunities to duplicate return instructions to the predecessor
1805/// to enable tail call optimizations. The case it is currently looking for is:
Dmitri Gribenko2bc1d482012-09-13 12:34:29 +00001806/// @code
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001807/// bb0:
1808/// %tmp0 = tail call i32 @f0()
1809/// br label %return
1810/// bb1:
1811/// %tmp1 = tail call i32 @f1()
1812/// br label %return
1813/// bb2:
1814/// %tmp2 = tail call i32 @f2()
1815/// br label %return
1816/// return:
1817/// %retval = phi i32 [ %tmp0, %bb0 ], [ %tmp1, %bb1 ], [ %tmp2, %bb2 ]
1818/// ret i32 %retval
Dmitri Gribenko2bc1d482012-09-13 12:34:29 +00001819/// @endcode
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001820///
1821/// =>
1822///
Dmitri Gribenko2bc1d482012-09-13 12:34:29 +00001823/// @code
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001824/// bb0:
1825/// %tmp0 = tail call i32 @f0()
1826/// ret i32 %tmp0
1827/// bb1:
1828/// %tmp1 = tail call i32 @f1()
1829/// ret i32 %tmp1
1830/// bb2:
1831/// %tmp2 = tail call i32 @f2()
1832/// ret i32 %tmp2
Dmitri Gribenko2bc1d482012-09-13 12:34:29 +00001833/// @endcode
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00001834bool CodeGenPrepare::dupRetToEnableTailCallOpts(BasicBlock *BB) {
Cameron Zwarich47e71752011-03-24 04:51:51 +00001835 if (!TLI)
1836 return false;
1837
Michael Kuperstein71321562016-09-07 20:29:49 +00001838 ReturnInst *RetI = dyn_cast<ReturnInst>(BB->getTerminator());
1839 if (!RetI)
Benjamin Kramer455fa352012-11-23 19:17:06 +00001840 return false;
1841
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00001842 PHINode *PN = nullptr;
1843 BitCastInst *BCI = nullptr;
Michael Kuperstein71321562016-09-07 20:29:49 +00001844 Value *V = RetI->getReturnValue();
Evan Cheng249716e2012-07-27 21:21:26 +00001845 if (V) {
1846 BCI = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(V);
1847 if (BCI)
1848 V = BCI->getOperand(0);
1849
1850 PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(V);
1851 if (!PN)
1852 return false;
1853 }
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001854
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001855 if (PN && PN->getParent() != BB)
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001856 return false;
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001857
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001858 // Make sure there are no instructions between the PHI and return, or that the
1859 // return is the first instruction in the block.
1860 if (PN) {
1861 BasicBlock::iterator BI = BB->begin();
Jonas Paulsson5ed4d462019-01-29 09:03:35 +00001862 // Skip over debug and the bitcast.
1863 do { ++BI; } while (isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(BI) || &*BI == BCI);
Michael Kuperstein71321562016-09-07 20:29:49 +00001864 if (&*BI != RetI)
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001865 return false;
1866 } else {
Cameron Zwarich74157ab2011-03-24 16:34:59 +00001867 BasicBlock::iterator BI = BB->begin();
1868 while (isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(BI)) ++BI;
Michael Kuperstein71321562016-09-07 20:29:49 +00001869 if (&*BI != RetI)
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001870 return false;
1871 }
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001872
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001873 /// Only dup the ReturnInst if the CallInst is likely to be emitted as a tail
1874 /// call.
Michael Kupersteinf79af6f2016-09-08 00:48:37 +00001875 const Function *F = BB->getParent();
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001876 SmallVector<CallInst*, 4> TailCalls;
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001877 if (PN) {
1878 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); I != E; ++I) {
1879 CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(PN->getIncomingValue(I));
1880 // Make sure the phi value is indeed produced by the tail call.
1881 if (CI && CI->hasOneUse() && CI->getParent() == PN->getIncomingBlock(I) &&
Michael Kupersteinf79af6f2016-09-08 00:48:37 +00001882 TLI->mayBeEmittedAsTailCall(CI) &&
1883 attributesPermitTailCall(F, CI, RetI, *TLI))
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001884 TailCalls.push_back(CI);
1885 }
1886 } else {
1887 SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock*, 4> VisitedBBs;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith6c990152014-07-21 17:06:51 +00001888 for (pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(BB), PE = pred_end(BB); PI != PE; ++PI) {
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00001889 if (!VisitedBBs.insert(*PI).second)
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001890 continue;
1891
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith6c990152014-07-21 17:06:51 +00001892 BasicBlock::InstListType &InstList = (*PI)->getInstList();
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001893 BasicBlock::InstListType::reverse_iterator RI = InstList.rbegin();
1894 BasicBlock::InstListType::reverse_iterator RE = InstList.rend();
Cameron Zwarich74157ab2011-03-24 16:34:59 +00001895 do { ++RI; } while (RI != RE && isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(&*RI));
1896 if (RI == RE)
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001897 continue;
Cameron Zwarich74157ab2011-03-24 16:34:59 +00001898
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001899 CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(&*RI);
Michael Kupersteinf79af6f2016-09-08 00:48:37 +00001900 if (CI && CI->use_empty() && TLI->mayBeEmittedAsTailCall(CI) &&
1901 attributesPermitTailCall(F, CI, RetI, *TLI))
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001902 TailCalls.push_back(CI);
1903 }
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001904 }
1905
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001906 bool Changed = false;
1907 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TailCalls.size(); i != e; ++i) {
1908 CallInst *CI = TailCalls[i];
1909 CallSite CS(CI);
1910
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001911 // Make sure the call instruction is followed by an unconditional branch to
1912 // the return block.
1913 BasicBlock *CallBB = CI->getParent();
1914 BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(CallBB->getTerminator());
1915 if (!BI || !BI->isUnconditional() || BI->getSuccessor(0) != BB)
1916 continue;
1917
1918 // Duplicate the return into CallBB.
Michael Kuperstein71321562016-09-07 20:29:49 +00001919 (void)FoldReturnIntoUncondBranch(RetI, BB, CallBB);
Devang Patel8f606d72011-03-24 15:35:25 +00001920 ModifiedDT = Changed = true;
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001921 ++NumRetsDup;
1922 }
1923
1924 // If we eliminated all predecessors of the block, delete the block now.
Evan Cheng64a223a2012-09-28 23:58:57 +00001925 if (Changed && !BB->hasAddressTaken() && pred_begin(BB) == pred_end(BB))
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001926 BB->eraseFromParent();
1927
1928 return Changed;
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001929}
1930
Chris Lattner728f9022008-11-25 07:09:13 +00001931//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner728f9022008-11-25 07:09:13 +00001932// Memory Optimization
1933//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1934
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00001935namespace {
1936
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001937/// This is an extended version of TargetLowering::AddrMode
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00001938/// which holds actual Value*'s for register values.
Chandler Carruth95f83e02013-01-07 15:14:13 +00001939struct ExtAddrMode : public TargetLowering::AddrMode {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00001940 Value *BaseReg = nullptr;
1941 Value *ScaledReg = nullptr;
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00001942 Value *OriginalValue = nullptr;
1943
1944 enum FieldName {
1945 NoField = 0x00,
1946 BaseRegField = 0x01,
1947 BaseGVField = 0x02,
1948 BaseOffsField = 0x04,
1949 ScaledRegField = 0x08,
1950 ScaleField = 0x10,
1951 MultipleFields = 0xff
1952 };
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00001953
1954 ExtAddrMode() = default;
1955
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00001956 void print(raw_ostream &OS) const;
1957 void dump() const;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00001958
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00001959 FieldName compare(const ExtAddrMode &other) {
1960 // First check that the types are the same on each field, as differing types
1961 // is something we can't cope with later on.
1962 if (BaseReg && other.BaseReg &&
1963 BaseReg->getType() != other.BaseReg->getType())
1964 return MultipleFields;
1965 if (BaseGV && other.BaseGV &&
1966 BaseGV->getType() != other.BaseGV->getType())
1967 return MultipleFields;
1968 if (ScaledReg && other.ScaledReg &&
1969 ScaledReg->getType() != other.ScaledReg->getType())
1970 return MultipleFields;
1971
1972 // Check each field to see if it differs.
1973 unsigned Result = NoField;
1974 if (BaseReg != other.BaseReg)
1975 Result |= BaseRegField;
1976 if (BaseGV != other.BaseGV)
1977 Result |= BaseGVField;
1978 if (BaseOffs != other.BaseOffs)
1979 Result |= BaseOffsField;
1980 if (ScaledReg != other.ScaledReg)
1981 Result |= ScaledRegField;
1982 // Don't count 0 as being a different scale, because that actually means
1983 // unscaled (which will already be counted by having no ScaledReg).
1984 if (Scale && other.Scale && Scale != other.Scale)
1985 Result |= ScaleField;
1986
1987 if (countPopulation(Result) > 1)
1988 return MultipleFields;
1989 else
1990 return static_cast<FieldName>(Result);
1991 }
1992
John Brawn4b476482017-11-27 11:29:15 +00001993 // An AddrMode is trivial if it involves no calculation i.e. it is just a base
1994 // with no offset.
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00001995 bool isTrivial() {
John Brawn4b476482017-11-27 11:29:15 +00001996 // An AddrMode is (BaseGV + BaseReg + BaseOffs + ScaleReg * Scale) so it is
1997 // trivial if at most one of these terms is nonzero, except that BaseGV and
1998 // BaseReg both being zero actually means a null pointer value, which we
1999 // consider to be 'non-zero' here.
2000 return !BaseOffs && !Scale && !(BaseGV && BaseReg);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002001 }
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +00002002
2003 Value *GetFieldAsValue(FieldName Field, Type *IntPtrTy) {
2004 switch (Field) {
2005 default:
2006 return nullptr;
2007 case BaseRegField:
2008 return BaseReg;
2009 case BaseGVField:
2010 return BaseGV;
2011 case ScaledRegField:
2012 return ScaledReg;
2013 case BaseOffsField:
2014 return ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, BaseOffs);
2015 }
2016 }
2017
2018 void SetCombinedField(FieldName Field, Value *V,
2019 const SmallVectorImpl<ExtAddrMode> &AddrModes) {
2020 switch (Field) {
2021 default:
2022 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled fields are expected to be rejected earlier");
2023 break;
2024 case ExtAddrMode::BaseRegField:
2025 BaseReg = V;
2026 break;
2027 case ExtAddrMode::BaseGVField:
2028 // A combined BaseGV is an Instruction, not a GlobalValue, so it goes
2029 // in the BaseReg field.
2030 assert(BaseReg == nullptr);
2031 BaseReg = V;
2032 BaseGV = nullptr;
2033 break;
2034 case ExtAddrMode::ScaledRegField:
2035 ScaledReg = V;
2036 // If we have a mix of scaled and unscaled addrmodes then we want scale
2037 // to be the scale and not zero.
2038 if (!Scale)
2039 for (const ExtAddrMode &AM : AddrModes)
2040 if (AM.Scale) {
2041 Scale = AM.Scale;
2042 break;
2043 }
2044 break;
2045 case ExtAddrMode::BaseOffsField:
2046 // The offset is no longer a constant, so it goes in ScaledReg with a
2047 // scale of 1.
2048 assert(ScaledReg == nullptr);
2049 ScaledReg = V;
2050 Scale = 1;
2051 BaseOffs = 0;
2052 break;
2053 }
2054 }
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002055};
2056
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002057} // end anonymous namespace
2058
Eli Friedmanc1f1f852013-09-10 23:09:24 +00002059#ifndef NDEBUG
2060static inline raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, const ExtAddrMode &AM) {
2061 AM.print(OS);
2062 return OS;
2063}
2064#endif
2065
Aaron Ballman615eb472017-10-15 14:32:27 +00002066#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002067void ExtAddrMode::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
2068 bool NeedPlus = false;
2069 OS << "[";
2070 if (BaseGV) {
2071 OS << (NeedPlus ? " + " : "")
2072 << "GV:";
Chandler Carruthd48cdbf2014-01-09 02:29:41 +00002073 BaseGV->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002074 NeedPlus = true;
2075 }
2076
Richard Trieuc0f91212014-05-30 03:15:17 +00002077 if (BaseOffs) {
2078 OS << (NeedPlus ? " + " : "")
2079 << BaseOffs;
2080 NeedPlus = true;
2081 }
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002082
2083 if (BaseReg) {
2084 OS << (NeedPlus ? " + " : "")
2085 << "Base:";
Chandler Carruthd48cdbf2014-01-09 02:29:41 +00002086 BaseReg->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002087 NeedPlus = true;
2088 }
2089 if (Scale) {
2090 OS << (NeedPlus ? " + " : "")
2091 << Scale << "*";
Chandler Carruthd48cdbf2014-01-09 02:29:41 +00002092 ScaledReg->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002093 }
2094
2095 OS << ']';
2096}
2097
Yaron Kereneb2a2542016-01-29 20:50:44 +00002098LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void ExtAddrMode::dump() const {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002099 print(dbgs());
2100 dbgs() << '\n';
2101}
2102#endif
2103
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002104namespace {
2105
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002106/// This class provides transaction based operation on the IR.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002107/// Every change made through this class is recorded in the internal state and
2108/// can be undone (rollback) until commit is called.
2109class TypePromotionTransaction {
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002110 /// This represents the common interface of the individual transaction.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002111 /// Each class implements the logic for doing one specific modification on
2112 /// the IR via the TypePromotionTransaction.
2113 class TypePromotionAction {
2114 protected:
2115 /// The Instruction modified.
2116 Instruction *Inst;
2117
2118 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002119 /// Constructor of the action.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002120 /// The constructor performs the related action on the IR.
2121 TypePromotionAction(Instruction *Inst) : Inst(Inst) {}
2122
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002123 virtual ~TypePromotionAction() = default;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002124
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002125 /// Undo the modification done by this action.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002126 /// When this method is called, the IR must be in the same state as it was
2127 /// before this action was applied.
2128 /// \pre Undoing the action works if and only if the IR is in the exact same
2129 /// state as it was directly after this action was applied.
2130 virtual void undo() = 0;
2131
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002132 /// Advocate every change made by this action.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002133 /// When the results on the IR of the action are to be kept, it is important
2134 /// to call this function, otherwise hidden information may be kept forever.
2135 virtual void commit() {
2136 // Nothing to be done, this action is not doing anything.
2137 }
2138 };
2139
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002140 /// Utility to remember the position of an instruction.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002141 class InsertionHandler {
2142 /// Position of an instruction.
2143 /// Either an instruction:
2144 /// - Is the first in a basic block: BB is used.
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00002145 /// - Has a previous instruction: PrevInst is used.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002146 union {
2147 Instruction *PrevInst;
2148 BasicBlock *BB;
2149 } Point;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002150
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002151 /// Remember whether or not the instruction had a previous instruction.
2152 bool HasPrevInstruction;
2153
2154 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002155 /// Record the position of \p Inst.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002156 InsertionHandler(Instruction *Inst) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00002157 BasicBlock::iterator It = Inst->getIterator();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002158 HasPrevInstruction = (It != (Inst->getParent()->begin()));
2159 if (HasPrevInstruction)
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00002160 Point.PrevInst = &*--It;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002161 else
2162 Point.BB = Inst->getParent();
2163 }
2164
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002165 /// Insert \p Inst at the recorded position.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002166 void insert(Instruction *Inst) {
2167 if (HasPrevInstruction) {
2168 if (Inst->getParent())
2169 Inst->removeFromParent();
2170 Inst->insertAfter(Point.PrevInst);
2171 } else {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00002172 Instruction *Position = &*Point.BB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002173 if (Inst->getParent())
2174 Inst->moveBefore(Position);
2175 else
2176 Inst->insertBefore(Position);
2177 }
2178 }
2179 };
2180
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002181 /// Move an instruction before another.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002182 class InstructionMoveBefore : public TypePromotionAction {
2183 /// Original position of the instruction.
2184 InsertionHandler Position;
2185
2186 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002187 /// Move \p Inst before \p Before.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002188 InstructionMoveBefore(Instruction *Inst, Instruction *Before)
2189 : TypePromotionAction(Inst), Position(Inst) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002190 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: move: " << *Inst << "\nbefore: " << *Before
2191 << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002192 Inst->moveBefore(Before);
2193 }
2194
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002195 /// Move the instruction back to its original position.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002196 void undo() override {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002197 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: moveBefore: " << *Inst << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002198 Position.insert(Inst);
2199 }
2200 };
2201
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002202 /// Set the operand of an instruction with a new value.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002203 class OperandSetter : public TypePromotionAction {
2204 /// Original operand of the instruction.
2205 Value *Origin;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002206
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002207 /// Index of the modified instruction.
2208 unsigned Idx;
2209
2210 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002211 /// Set \p Idx operand of \p Inst with \p NewVal.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002212 OperandSetter(Instruction *Inst, unsigned Idx, Value *NewVal)
2213 : TypePromotionAction(Inst), Idx(Idx) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002214 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: setOperand: " << Idx << "\n"
2215 << "for:" << *Inst << "\n"
2216 << "with:" << *NewVal << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002217 Origin = Inst->getOperand(Idx);
2218 Inst->setOperand(Idx, NewVal);
2219 }
2220
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002221 /// Restore the original value of the instruction.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002222 void undo() override {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002223 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: setOperand:" << Idx << "\n"
2224 << "for: " << *Inst << "\n"
2225 << "with: " << *Origin << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002226 Inst->setOperand(Idx, Origin);
2227 }
2228 };
2229
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002230 /// Hide the operands of an instruction.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002231 /// Do as if this instruction was not using any of its operands.
2232 class OperandsHider : public TypePromotionAction {
2233 /// The list of original operands.
2234 SmallVector<Value *, 4> OriginalValues;
2235
2236 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002237 /// Remove \p Inst from the uses of the operands of \p Inst.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002238 OperandsHider(Instruction *Inst) : TypePromotionAction(Inst) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002239 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: OperandsHider: " << *Inst << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002240 unsigned NumOpnds = Inst->getNumOperands();
2241 OriginalValues.reserve(NumOpnds);
2242 for (unsigned It = 0; It < NumOpnds; ++It) {
2243 // Save the current operand.
2244 Value *Val = Inst->getOperand(It);
2245 OriginalValues.push_back(Val);
2246 // Set a dummy one.
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00002247 // We could use OperandSetter here, but that would imply an overhead
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002248 // that we are not willing to pay.
2249 Inst->setOperand(It, UndefValue::get(Val->getType()));
2250 }
2251 }
2252
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002253 /// Restore the original list of uses.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002254 void undo() override {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002255 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: OperandsHider: " << *Inst << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002256 for (unsigned It = 0, EndIt = OriginalValues.size(); It != EndIt; ++It)
2257 Inst->setOperand(It, OriginalValues[It]);
2258 }
2259 };
2260
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002261 /// Build a truncate instruction.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002262 class TruncBuilder : public TypePromotionAction {
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002263 Value *Val;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002264
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002265 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002266 /// Build a truncate instruction of \p Opnd producing a \p Ty
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002267 /// result.
2268 /// trunc Opnd to Ty.
2269 TruncBuilder(Instruction *Opnd, Type *Ty) : TypePromotionAction(Opnd) {
2270 IRBuilder<> Builder(Opnd);
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002271 Val = Builder.CreateTrunc(Opnd, Ty, "promoted");
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002272 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: TruncBuilder: " << *Val << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002273 }
2274
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002275 /// Get the built value.
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002276 Value *getBuiltValue() { return Val; }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002277
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002278 /// Remove the built instruction.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002279 void undo() override {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002280 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: TruncBuilder: " << *Val << "\n");
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002281 if (Instruction *IVal = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val))
2282 IVal->eraseFromParent();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002283 }
2284 };
2285
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002286 /// Build a sign extension instruction.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002287 class SExtBuilder : public TypePromotionAction {
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002288 Value *Val;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002289
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002290 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002291 /// Build a sign extension instruction of \p Opnd producing a \p Ty
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002292 /// result.
2293 /// sext Opnd to Ty.
2294 SExtBuilder(Instruction *InsertPt, Value *Opnd, Type *Ty)
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002295 : TypePromotionAction(InsertPt) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002296 IRBuilder<> Builder(InsertPt);
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002297 Val = Builder.CreateSExt(Opnd, Ty, "promoted");
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002298 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: SExtBuilder: " << *Val << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002299 }
2300
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002301 /// Get the built value.
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002302 Value *getBuiltValue() { return Val; }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002303
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002304 /// Remove the built instruction.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002305 void undo() override {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002306 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: SExtBuilder: " << *Val << "\n");
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002307 if (Instruction *IVal = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val))
2308 IVal->eraseFromParent();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002309 }
2310 };
2311
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002312 /// Build a zero extension instruction.
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002313 class ZExtBuilder : public TypePromotionAction {
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002314 Value *Val;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002315
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002316 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002317 /// Build a zero extension instruction of \p Opnd producing a \p Ty
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002318 /// result.
2319 /// zext Opnd to Ty.
2320 ZExtBuilder(Instruction *InsertPt, Value *Opnd, Type *Ty)
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002321 : TypePromotionAction(InsertPt) {
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002322 IRBuilder<> Builder(InsertPt);
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002323 Val = Builder.CreateZExt(Opnd, Ty, "promoted");
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002324 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: ZExtBuilder: " << *Val << "\n");
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002325 }
2326
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002327 /// Get the built value.
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002328 Value *getBuiltValue() { return Val; }
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002329
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002330 /// Remove the built instruction.
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002331 void undo() override {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002332 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: ZExtBuilder: " << *Val << "\n");
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002333 if (Instruction *IVal = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val))
2334 IVal->eraseFromParent();
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002335 }
2336 };
2337
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002338 /// Mutate an instruction to another type.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002339 class TypeMutator : public TypePromotionAction {
2340 /// Record the original type.
2341 Type *OrigTy;
2342
2343 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002344 /// Mutate the type of \p Inst into \p NewTy.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002345 TypeMutator(Instruction *Inst, Type *NewTy)
2346 : TypePromotionAction(Inst), OrigTy(Inst->getType()) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002347 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: MutateType: " << *Inst << " with " << *NewTy
2348 << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002349 Inst->mutateType(NewTy);
2350 }
2351
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002352 /// Mutate the instruction back to its original type.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002353 void undo() override {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002354 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: MutateType: " << *Inst << " with " << *OrigTy
2355 << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002356 Inst->mutateType(OrigTy);
2357 }
2358 };
2359
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002360 /// Replace the uses of an instruction by another instruction.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002361 class UsesReplacer : public TypePromotionAction {
2362 /// Helper structure to keep track of the replaced uses.
2363 struct InstructionAndIdx {
2364 /// The instruction using the instruction.
2365 Instruction *Inst;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002366
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002367 /// The index where this instruction is used for Inst.
2368 unsigned Idx;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002369
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002370 InstructionAndIdx(Instruction *Inst, unsigned Idx)
2371 : Inst(Inst), Idx(Idx) {}
2372 };
2373
2374 /// Keep track of the original uses (pair Instruction, Index).
2375 SmallVector<InstructionAndIdx, 4> OriginalUses;
Wolfgang Piebac874c42018-12-11 21:13:53 +00002376 /// Keep track of the debug users.
2377 SmallVector<DbgValueInst *, 1> DbgValues;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002378
2379 using use_iterator = SmallVectorImpl<InstructionAndIdx>::iterator;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002380
2381 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002382 /// Replace all the use of \p Inst by \p New.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002383 UsesReplacer(Instruction *Inst, Value *New) : TypePromotionAction(Inst) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002384 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: UsersReplacer: " << *Inst << " with " << *New
2385 << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002386 // Record the original uses.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00002387 for (Use &U : Inst->uses()) {
2388 Instruction *UserI = cast<Instruction>(U.getUser());
2389 OriginalUses.push_back(InstructionAndIdx(UserI, U.getOperandNo()));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002390 }
Wolfgang Piebac874c42018-12-11 21:13:53 +00002391 // Record the debug uses separately. They are not in the instruction's
2392 // use list, but they are replaced by RAUW.
2393 findDbgValues(DbgValues, Inst);
2394
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002395 // Now, we can replace the uses.
2396 Inst->replaceAllUsesWith(New);
2397 }
2398
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002399 /// Reassign the original uses of Inst to Inst.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002400 void undo() override {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002401 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: UsersReplacer: " << *Inst << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002402 for (use_iterator UseIt = OriginalUses.begin(),
2403 EndIt = OriginalUses.end();
2404 UseIt != EndIt; ++UseIt) {
2405 UseIt->Inst->setOperand(UseIt->Idx, Inst);
2406 }
Wolfgang Piebac874c42018-12-11 21:13:53 +00002407 // RAUW has replaced all original uses with references to the new value,
2408 // including the debug uses. Since we are undoing the replacements,
2409 // the original debug uses must also be reinstated to maintain the
2410 // correctness and utility of debug value instructions.
2411 for (auto *DVI: DbgValues) {
2412 LLVMContext &Ctx = Inst->getType()->getContext();
2413 auto *MV = MetadataAsValue::get(Ctx, ValueAsMetadata::get(Inst));
2414 DVI->setOperand(0, MV);
2415 }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002416 }
2417 };
2418
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002419 /// Remove an instruction from the IR.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002420 class InstructionRemover : public TypePromotionAction {
2421 /// Original position of the instruction.
2422 InsertionHandler Inserter;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002423
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002424 /// Helper structure to hide all the link to the instruction. In other
2425 /// words, this helps to do as if the instruction was removed.
2426 OperandsHider Hider;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002427
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002428 /// Keep track of the uses replaced, if any.
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002429 UsesReplacer *Replacer = nullptr;
2430
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00002431 /// Keep track of instructions removed.
2432 SetOfInstrs &RemovedInsts;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002433
2434 public:
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00002435 /// Remove all reference of \p Inst and optionally replace all its
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002436 /// uses with New.
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00002437 /// \p RemovedInsts Keep track of the instructions removed by this Action.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00002438 /// \pre If !Inst->use_empty(), then New != nullptr
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00002439 InstructionRemover(Instruction *Inst, SetOfInstrs &RemovedInsts,
2440 Value *New = nullptr)
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002441 : TypePromotionAction(Inst), Inserter(Inst), Hider(Inst),
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002442 RemovedInsts(RemovedInsts) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002443 if (New)
2444 Replacer = new UsesReplacer(Inst, New);
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002445 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: InstructionRemover: " << *Inst << "\n");
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00002446 RemovedInsts.insert(Inst);
2447 /// The instructions removed here will be freed after completing
2448 /// optimizeBlock() for all blocks as we need to keep track of the
2449 /// removed instructions during promotion.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002450 Inst->removeFromParent();
2451 }
2452
Alexander Kornienkof817c1c2015-04-11 02:11:45 +00002453 ~InstructionRemover() override { delete Replacer; }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002454
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002455 /// Resurrect the instruction and reassign it to the proper uses if
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002456 /// new value was provided when build this action.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002457 void undo() override {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002458 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: InstructionRemover: " << *Inst << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002459 Inserter.insert(Inst);
2460 if (Replacer)
2461 Replacer->undo();
2462 Hider.undo();
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00002463 RemovedInsts.erase(Inst);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002464 }
2465 };
2466
2467public:
2468 /// Restoration point.
2469 /// The restoration point is a pointer to an action instead of an iterator
2470 /// because the iterator may be invalidated but not the pointer.
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002471 using ConstRestorationPt = const TypePromotionAction *;
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00002472
2473 TypePromotionTransaction(SetOfInstrs &RemovedInsts)
2474 : RemovedInsts(RemovedInsts) {}
2475
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002476 /// Advocate every changes made in that transaction.
2477 void commit();
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002478
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002479 /// Undo all the changes made after the given point.
2480 void rollback(ConstRestorationPt Point);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002481
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002482 /// Get the current restoration point.
2483 ConstRestorationPt getRestorationPoint() const;
2484
2485 /// \name API for IR modification with state keeping to support rollback.
2486 /// @{
2487 /// Same as Instruction::setOperand.
2488 void setOperand(Instruction *Inst, unsigned Idx, Value *NewVal);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002489
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002490 /// Same as Instruction::eraseFromParent.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00002491 void eraseInstruction(Instruction *Inst, Value *NewVal = nullptr);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002492
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002493 /// Same as Value::replaceAllUsesWith.
2494 void replaceAllUsesWith(Instruction *Inst, Value *New);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002495
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002496 /// Same as Value::mutateType.
2497 void mutateType(Instruction *Inst, Type *NewTy);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002498
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002499 /// Same as IRBuilder::createTrunc.
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002500 Value *createTrunc(Instruction *Opnd, Type *Ty);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002501
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002502 /// Same as IRBuilder::createSExt.
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002503 Value *createSExt(Instruction *Inst, Value *Opnd, Type *Ty);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002504
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002505 /// Same as IRBuilder::createZExt.
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002506 Value *createZExt(Instruction *Inst, Value *Opnd, Type *Ty);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002507
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002508 /// Same as Instruction::moveBefore.
2509 void moveBefore(Instruction *Inst, Instruction *Before);
2510 /// @}
2511
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002512private:
2513 /// The ordered list of actions made so far.
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002514 SmallVector<std::unique_ptr<TypePromotionAction>, 16> Actions;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002515
2516 using CommitPt = SmallVectorImpl<std::unique_ptr<TypePromotionAction>>::iterator;
2517
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00002518 SetOfInstrs &RemovedInsts;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002519};
2520
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002521} // end anonymous namespace
2522
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002523void TypePromotionTransaction::setOperand(Instruction *Inst, unsigned Idx,
2524 Value *NewVal) {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002525 Actions.push_back(llvm::make_unique<TypePromotionTransaction::OperandSetter>(
2526 Inst, Idx, NewVal));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002527}
2528
2529void TypePromotionTransaction::eraseInstruction(Instruction *Inst,
2530 Value *NewVal) {
2531 Actions.push_back(
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002532 llvm::make_unique<TypePromotionTransaction::InstructionRemover>(
2533 Inst, RemovedInsts, NewVal));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002534}
2535
2536void TypePromotionTransaction::replaceAllUsesWith(Instruction *Inst,
2537 Value *New) {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002538 Actions.push_back(
2539 llvm::make_unique<TypePromotionTransaction::UsesReplacer>(Inst, New));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002540}
2541
2542void TypePromotionTransaction::mutateType(Instruction *Inst, Type *NewTy) {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002543 Actions.push_back(
2544 llvm::make_unique<TypePromotionTransaction::TypeMutator>(Inst, NewTy));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002545}
2546
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002547Value *TypePromotionTransaction::createTrunc(Instruction *Opnd,
2548 Type *Ty) {
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002549 std::unique_ptr<TruncBuilder> Ptr(new TruncBuilder(Opnd, Ty));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002550 Value *Val = Ptr->getBuiltValue();
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002551 Actions.push_back(std::move(Ptr));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002552 return Val;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002553}
2554
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002555Value *TypePromotionTransaction::createSExt(Instruction *Inst,
2556 Value *Opnd, Type *Ty) {
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002557 std::unique_ptr<SExtBuilder> Ptr(new SExtBuilder(Inst, Opnd, Ty));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002558 Value *Val = Ptr->getBuiltValue();
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002559 Actions.push_back(std::move(Ptr));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002560 return Val;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002561}
2562
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002563Value *TypePromotionTransaction::createZExt(Instruction *Inst,
2564 Value *Opnd, Type *Ty) {
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002565 std::unique_ptr<ZExtBuilder> Ptr(new ZExtBuilder(Inst, Opnd, Ty));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002566 Value *Val = Ptr->getBuiltValue();
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002567 Actions.push_back(std::move(Ptr));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002568 return Val;
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002569}
2570
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002571void TypePromotionTransaction::moveBefore(Instruction *Inst,
2572 Instruction *Before) {
2573 Actions.push_back(
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002574 llvm::make_unique<TypePromotionTransaction::InstructionMoveBefore>(
2575 Inst, Before));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002576}
2577
2578TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt
2579TypePromotionTransaction::getRestorationPoint() const {
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002580 return !Actions.empty() ? Actions.back().get() : nullptr;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002581}
2582
2583void TypePromotionTransaction::commit() {
2584 for (CommitPt It = Actions.begin(), EndIt = Actions.end(); It != EndIt;
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002585 ++It)
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002586 (*It)->commit();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002587 Actions.clear();
2588}
2589
2590void TypePromotionTransaction::rollback(
2591 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt Point) {
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002592 while (!Actions.empty() && Point != Actions.back().get()) {
2593 std::unique_ptr<TypePromotionAction> Curr = Actions.pop_back_val();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002594 Curr->undo();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002595 }
2596}
2597
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002598namespace {
2599
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002600/// A helper class for matching addressing modes.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002601///
2602/// This encapsulates the logic for matching the target-legal addressing modes.
2603class AddressingModeMatcher {
2604 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction*> &AddrModeInsts;
2605 const TargetLowering &TLI;
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00002606 const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI;
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00002607 const DataLayout &DL;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002608
2609 /// AccessTy/MemoryInst - This is the type for the access (e.g. double) and
2610 /// the memory instruction that we're computing this address for.
2611 Type *AccessTy;
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00002612 unsigned AddrSpace;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002613 Instruction *MemoryInst;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00002614
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00002615 /// This is the addressing mode that we're building up. This is
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002616 /// part of the return value of this addressing mode matching stuff.
2617 ExtAddrMode &AddrMode;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00002618
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00002619 /// The instructions inserted by other CodeGenPrepare optimizations.
2620 const SetOfInstrs &InsertedInsts;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002621
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002622 /// A map from the instructions to their type before promotion.
2623 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002624
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002625 /// The ongoing transaction where every action should be registered.
2626 TypePromotionTransaction &TPT;
2627
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00002628 // A GEP which has too large offset to be folded into the addressing mode.
2629 std::pair<AssertingVH<GetElementPtrInst>, int64_t> &LargeOffsetGEP;
2630
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00002631 /// This is set to true when we should not do profitability checks.
2632 /// When true, IsProfitableToFoldIntoAddressingMode always returns true.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002633 bool IgnoreProfitability;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00002634
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00002635 AddressingModeMatcher(
2636 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &AMI, const TargetLowering &TLI,
2637 const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI, Type *AT, unsigned AS, Instruction *MI,
2638 ExtAddrMode &AM, const SetOfInstrs &InsertedInsts,
2639 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
2640 std::pair<AssertingVH<GetElementPtrInst>, int64_t> &LargeOffsetGEP)
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00002641 : AddrModeInsts(AMI), TLI(TLI), TRI(TRI),
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00002642 DL(MI->getModule()->getDataLayout()), AccessTy(AT), AddrSpace(AS),
2643 MemoryInst(MI), AddrMode(AM), InsertedInsts(InsertedInsts),
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00002644 PromotedInsts(PromotedInsts), TPT(TPT), LargeOffsetGEP(LargeOffsetGEP) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002645 IgnoreProfitability = false;
2646 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00002647
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002648public:
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00002649 /// Find the maximal addressing mode that a load/store of V can fold,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002650 /// give an access type of AccessTy. This returns a list of involved
2651 /// instructions in AddrModeInsts.
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00002652 /// \p InsertedInsts The instructions inserted by other CodeGenPrepare
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002653 /// optimizations.
2654 /// \p PromotedInsts maps the instructions to their type before promotion.
2655 /// \p The ongoing transaction where every action should be registered.
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00002656 static ExtAddrMode
2657 Match(Value *V, Type *AccessTy, unsigned AS, Instruction *MemoryInst,
2658 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &AddrModeInsts,
2659 const TargetLowering &TLI, const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI,
2660 const SetOfInstrs &InsertedInsts, InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts,
2661 TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
2662 std::pair<AssertingVH<GetElementPtrInst>, int64_t> &LargeOffsetGEP) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002663 ExtAddrMode Result;
2664
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00002665 bool Success = AddressingModeMatcher(AddrModeInsts, TLI, TRI, AccessTy, AS,
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00002666 MemoryInst, Result, InsertedInsts,
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00002667 PromotedInsts, TPT, LargeOffsetGEP)
2668 .matchAddr(V, 0);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002669 (void)Success; assert(Success && "Couldn't select *anything*?");
2670 return Result;
2671 }
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002672
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002673private:
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00002674 bool matchScaledValue(Value *ScaleReg, int64_t Scale, unsigned Depth);
Fangrui Songcb0bab82018-07-16 18:51:40 +00002675 bool matchAddr(Value *Addr, unsigned Depth);
2676 bool matchOperationAddr(User *AddrInst, unsigned Opcode, unsigned Depth,
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00002677 bool *MovedAway = nullptr);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00002678 bool isProfitableToFoldIntoAddressingMode(Instruction *I,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002679 ExtAddrMode &AMBefore,
2680 ExtAddrMode &AMAfter);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00002681 bool valueAlreadyLiveAtInst(Value *Val, Value *KnownLive1, Value *KnownLive2);
2682 bool isPromotionProfitable(unsigned NewCost, unsigned OldCost,
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00002683 Value *PromotedOperand) const;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002684};
2685
Ali Tamurd482b012018-11-12 21:43:43 +00002686class PhiNodeSet;
2687
2688/// An iterator for PhiNodeSet.
2689class PhiNodeSetIterator {
2690 PhiNodeSet * const Set;
2691 size_t CurrentIndex = 0;
2692
2693public:
2694 /// The constructor. Start should point to either a valid element, or be equal
2695 /// to the size of the underlying SmallVector of the PhiNodeSet.
2696 PhiNodeSetIterator(PhiNodeSet * const Set, size_t Start);
2697 PHINode * operator*() const;
2698 PhiNodeSetIterator& operator++();
2699 bool operator==(const PhiNodeSetIterator &RHS) const;
2700 bool operator!=(const PhiNodeSetIterator &RHS) const;
2701};
2702
2703/// Keeps a set of PHINodes.
2704///
2705/// This is a minimal set implementation for a specific use case:
2706/// It is very fast when there are very few elements, but also provides good
2707/// performance when there are many. It is similar to SmallPtrSet, but also
2708/// provides iteration by insertion order, which is deterministic and stable
2709/// across runs. It is also similar to SmallSetVector, but provides removing
2710/// elements in O(1) time. This is achieved by not actually removing the element
2711/// from the underlying vector, so comes at the cost of using more memory, but
2712/// that is fine, since PhiNodeSets are used as short lived objects.
2713class PhiNodeSet {
2714 friend class PhiNodeSetIterator;
2715
2716 using MapType = SmallDenseMap<PHINode *, size_t, 32>;
2717 using iterator = PhiNodeSetIterator;
2718
2719 /// Keeps the elements in the order of their insertion in the underlying
2720 /// vector. To achieve constant time removal, it never deletes any element.
2721 SmallVector<PHINode *, 32> NodeList;
2722
2723 /// Keeps the elements in the underlying set implementation. This (and not the
2724 /// NodeList defined above) is the source of truth on whether an element
2725 /// is actually in the collection.
2726 MapType NodeMap;
2727
2728 /// Points to the first valid (not deleted) element when the set is not empty
2729 /// and the value is not zero. Equals to the size of the underlying vector
2730 /// when the set is empty. When the value is 0, as in the beginning, the
2731 /// first element may or may not be valid.
2732 size_t FirstValidElement = 0;
2733
2734public:
2735 /// Inserts a new element to the collection.
2736 /// \returns true if the element is actually added, i.e. was not in the
2737 /// collection before the operation.
2738 bool insert(PHINode *Ptr) {
2739 if (NodeMap.insert(std::make_pair(Ptr, NodeList.size())).second) {
2740 NodeList.push_back(Ptr);
2741 return true;
2742 }
2743 return false;
2744 }
2745
2746 /// Removes the element from the collection.
2747 /// \returns whether the element is actually removed, i.e. was in the
2748 /// collection before the operation.
2749 bool erase(PHINode *Ptr) {
2750 auto it = NodeMap.find(Ptr);
2751 if (it != NodeMap.end()) {
2752 NodeMap.erase(Ptr);
2753 SkipRemovedElements(FirstValidElement);
2754 return true;
2755 }
2756 return false;
2757 }
2758
2759 /// Removes all elements and clears the collection.
2760 void clear() {
2761 NodeMap.clear();
2762 NodeList.clear();
2763 FirstValidElement = 0;
2764 }
2765
2766 /// \returns an iterator that will iterate the elements in the order of
2767 /// insertion.
2768 iterator begin() {
2769 if (FirstValidElement == 0)
2770 SkipRemovedElements(FirstValidElement);
2771 return PhiNodeSetIterator(this, FirstValidElement);
2772 }
2773
2774 /// \returns an iterator that points to the end of the collection.
2775 iterator end() { return PhiNodeSetIterator(this, NodeList.size()); }
2776
2777 /// Returns the number of elements in the collection.
2778 size_t size() const {
2779 return NodeMap.size();
2780 }
2781
2782 /// \returns 1 if the given element is in the collection, and 0 if otherwise.
2783 size_t count(PHINode *Ptr) const {
2784 return NodeMap.count(Ptr);
2785 }
2786
2787private:
2788 /// Updates the CurrentIndex so that it will point to a valid element.
2789 ///
2790 /// If the element of NodeList at CurrentIndex is valid, it does not
2791 /// change it. If there are no more valid elements, it updates CurrentIndex
2792 /// to point to the end of the NodeList.
2793 void SkipRemovedElements(size_t &CurrentIndex) {
2794 while (CurrentIndex < NodeList.size()) {
2795 auto it = NodeMap.find(NodeList[CurrentIndex]);
2796 // If the element has been deleted and added again later, NodeMap will
2797 // point to a different index, so CurrentIndex will still be invalid.
2798 if (it != NodeMap.end() && it->second == CurrentIndex)
2799 break;
2800 ++CurrentIndex;
2801 }
2802 }
2803};
2804
2805PhiNodeSetIterator::PhiNodeSetIterator(PhiNodeSet *const Set, size_t Start)
2806 : Set(Set), CurrentIndex(Start) {}
2807
2808PHINode * PhiNodeSetIterator::operator*() const {
2809 assert(CurrentIndex < Set->NodeList.size() &&
2810 "PhiNodeSet access out of range");
2811 return Set->NodeList[CurrentIndex];
2812}
2813
2814PhiNodeSetIterator& PhiNodeSetIterator::operator++() {
2815 assert(CurrentIndex < Set->NodeList.size() &&
2816 "PhiNodeSet access out of range");
2817 ++CurrentIndex;
2818 Set->SkipRemovedElements(CurrentIndex);
2819 return *this;
2820}
2821
2822bool PhiNodeSetIterator::operator==(const PhiNodeSetIterator &RHS) const {
2823 return CurrentIndex == RHS.CurrentIndex;
2824}
2825
2826bool PhiNodeSetIterator::operator!=(const PhiNodeSetIterator &RHS) const {
Serge Guelton12c7a962018-11-19 10:05:28 +00002827 return !((*this) == RHS);
Ali Tamurd482b012018-11-12 21:43:43 +00002828}
2829
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002830/// Keep track of simplification of Phi nodes.
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002831/// Accept the set of all phi nodes and erase phi node from this set
2832/// if it is simplified.
2833class SimplificationTracker {
2834 DenseMap<Value *, Value *> Storage;
2835 const SimplifyQuery &SQ;
Ali Tamurd482b012018-11-12 21:43:43 +00002836 // Tracks newly created Phi nodes. The elements are iterated by insertion
2837 // order.
2838 PhiNodeSet AllPhiNodes;
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00002839 // Tracks newly created Select nodes.
2840 SmallPtrSet<SelectInst *, 32> AllSelectNodes;
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002841
2842public:
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00002843 SimplificationTracker(const SimplifyQuery &sq)
2844 : SQ(sq) {}
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002845
2846 Value *Get(Value *V) {
2847 do {
2848 auto SV = Storage.find(V);
2849 if (SV == Storage.end())
2850 return V;
2851 V = SV->second;
2852 } while (true);
2853 }
2854
2855 Value *Simplify(Value *Val) {
2856 SmallVector<Value *, 32> WorkList;
2857 SmallPtrSet<Value *, 32> Visited;
2858 WorkList.push_back(Val);
2859 while (!WorkList.empty()) {
2860 auto P = WorkList.pop_back_val();
2861 if (!Visited.insert(P).second)
2862 continue;
2863 if (auto *PI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(P))
2864 if (Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(cast<Instruction>(PI), SQ)) {
2865 for (auto *U : PI->users())
2866 WorkList.push_back(cast<Value>(U));
2867 Put(PI, V);
2868 PI->replaceAllUsesWith(V);
2869 if (auto *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(PI))
Ali Tamurd482b012018-11-12 21:43:43 +00002870 AllPhiNodes.erase(PHI);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002871 if (auto *Select = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(PI))
2872 AllSelectNodes.erase(Select);
2873 PI->eraseFromParent();
2874 }
2875 }
2876 return Get(Val);
2877 }
2878
2879 void Put(Value *From, Value *To) {
2880 Storage.insert({ From, To });
2881 }
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00002882
2883 void ReplacePhi(PHINode *From, PHINode *To) {
2884 Value* OldReplacement = Get(From);
2885 while (OldReplacement != From) {
2886 From = To;
2887 To = dyn_cast<PHINode>(OldReplacement);
2888 OldReplacement = Get(From);
2889 }
2890 assert(Get(To) == To && "Replacement PHI node is already replaced.");
2891 Put(From, To);
2892 From->replaceAllUsesWith(To);
Ali Tamurd482b012018-11-12 21:43:43 +00002893 AllPhiNodes.erase(From);
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00002894 From->eraseFromParent();
2895 }
2896
Ali Tamurd482b012018-11-12 21:43:43 +00002897 PhiNodeSet& newPhiNodes() { return AllPhiNodes; }
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00002898
2899 void insertNewPhi(PHINode *PN) { AllPhiNodes.insert(PN); }
2900
2901 void insertNewSelect(SelectInst *SI) { AllSelectNodes.insert(SI); }
2902
2903 unsigned countNewPhiNodes() const { return AllPhiNodes.size(); }
2904
2905 unsigned countNewSelectNodes() const { return AllSelectNodes.size(); }
2906
2907 void destroyNewNodes(Type *CommonType) {
2908 // For safe erasing, replace the uses with dummy value first.
2909 auto Dummy = UndefValue::get(CommonType);
2910 for (auto I : AllPhiNodes) {
2911 I->replaceAllUsesWith(Dummy);
2912 I->eraseFromParent();
2913 }
2914 AllPhiNodes.clear();
2915 for (auto I : AllSelectNodes) {
2916 I->replaceAllUsesWith(Dummy);
2917 I->eraseFromParent();
2918 }
2919 AllSelectNodes.clear();
2920 }
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002921};
2922
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002923/// A helper class for combining addressing modes.
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00002924class AddressingModeCombiner {
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00002925 typedef DenseMap<Value *, Value *> FoldAddrToValueMapping;
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002926 typedef std::pair<PHINode *, PHINode *> PHIPair;
2927
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00002928private:
2929 /// The addressing modes we've collected.
2930 SmallVector<ExtAddrMode, 16> AddrModes;
2931
2932 /// The field in which the AddrModes differ, when we have more than one.
2933 ExtAddrMode::FieldName DifferentField = ExtAddrMode::NoField;
2934
2935 /// Are the AddrModes that we have all just equal to their original values?
2936 bool AllAddrModesTrivial = true;
2937
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002938 /// Common Type for all different fields in addressing modes.
2939 Type *CommonType;
2940
2941 /// SimplifyQuery for simplifyInstruction utility.
2942 const SimplifyQuery &SQ;
2943
2944 /// Original Address.
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00002945 Value *Original;
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002946
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00002947public:
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00002948 AddressingModeCombiner(const SimplifyQuery &_SQ, Value *OriginalValue)
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002949 : CommonType(nullptr), SQ(_SQ), Original(OriginalValue) {}
2950
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002951 /// Get the combined AddrMode
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00002952 const ExtAddrMode &getAddrMode() const {
2953 return AddrModes[0];
2954 }
2955
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002956 /// Add a new AddrMode if it's compatible with the AddrModes we already
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00002957 /// have.
2958 /// \return True iff we succeeded in doing so.
2959 bool addNewAddrMode(ExtAddrMode &NewAddrMode) {
2960 // Take note of if we have any non-trivial AddrModes, as we need to detect
2961 // when all AddrModes are trivial as then we would introduce a phi or select
2962 // which just duplicates what's already there.
2963 AllAddrModesTrivial = AllAddrModesTrivial && NewAddrMode.isTrivial();
2964
2965 // If this is the first addrmode then everything is fine.
2966 if (AddrModes.empty()) {
2967 AddrModes.emplace_back(NewAddrMode);
2968 return true;
2969 }
2970
2971 // Figure out how different this is from the other address modes, which we
2972 // can do just by comparing against the first one given that we only care
2973 // about the cumulative difference.
2974 ExtAddrMode::FieldName ThisDifferentField =
2975 AddrModes[0].compare(NewAddrMode);
2976 if (DifferentField == ExtAddrMode::NoField)
2977 DifferentField = ThisDifferentField;
2978 else if (DifferentField != ThisDifferentField)
2979 DifferentField = ExtAddrMode::MultipleFields;
2980
Serguei Katkov17e57942018-01-23 12:07:49 +00002981 // If NewAddrMode differs in more than one dimension we cannot handle it.
2982 bool CanHandle = DifferentField != ExtAddrMode::MultipleFields;
2983
2984 // If Scale Field is different then we reject.
2985 CanHandle = CanHandle && DifferentField != ExtAddrMode::ScaleField;
2986
Serguei Katkov4d1dd6b2018-01-09 04:37:06 +00002987 // We also must reject the case when base offset is different and
2988 // scale reg is not null, we cannot handle this case due to merge of
2989 // different offsets will be used as ScaleReg.
Serguei Katkov17e57942018-01-23 12:07:49 +00002990 CanHandle = CanHandle && (DifferentField != ExtAddrMode::BaseOffsField ||
2991 !NewAddrMode.ScaledReg);
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00002992
Serguei Katkov17e57942018-01-23 12:07:49 +00002993 // We also must reject the case when GV is different and BaseReg installed
2994 // due to we want to use base reg as a merge of GV values.
2995 CanHandle = CanHandle && (DifferentField != ExtAddrMode::BaseGVField ||
2996 !NewAddrMode.HasBaseReg);
2997
2998 // Even if NewAddMode is the same we still need to collect it due to
2999 // original value is different. And later we will need all original values
3000 // as anchors during finding the common Phi node.
3001 if (CanHandle)
3002 AddrModes.emplace_back(NewAddrMode);
3003 else
3004 AddrModes.clear();
3005
3006 return CanHandle;
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00003007 }
3008
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003009 /// Combine the addressing modes we've collected into a single
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00003010 /// addressing mode.
3011 /// \return True iff we successfully combined them or we only had one so
3012 /// didn't need to combine them anyway.
3013 bool combineAddrModes() {
3014 // If we have no AddrModes then they can't be combined.
3015 if (AddrModes.size() == 0)
3016 return false;
3017
3018 // A single AddrMode can trivially be combined.
Serguei Katkov505359f2017-11-20 05:42:36 +00003019 if (AddrModes.size() == 1 || DifferentField == ExtAddrMode::NoField)
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00003020 return true;
3021
3022 // If the AddrModes we collected are all just equal to the value they are
3023 // derived from then combining them wouldn't do anything useful.
3024 if (AllAddrModesTrivial)
3025 return false;
3026
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +00003027 if (!addrModeCombiningAllowed())
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003028 return false;
3029
3030 // Build a map between <original value, basic block where we saw it> to
3031 // value of base register.
Serguei Katkov50364592017-11-29 05:51:26 +00003032 // Bail out if there is no common type.
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003033 FoldAddrToValueMapping Map;
Serguei Katkov50364592017-11-29 05:51:26 +00003034 if (!initializeMap(Map))
3035 return false;
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003036
3037 Value *CommonValue = findCommon(Map);
3038 if (CommonValue)
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +00003039 AddrModes[0].SetCombinedField(DifferentField, CommonValue, AddrModes);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003040 return CommonValue != nullptr;
3041 }
3042
3043private:
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003044 /// Initialize Map with anchor values. For address seen
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003045 /// we set the value of different field saw in this address.
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003046 /// At the same time we find a common type for different field we will
3047 /// use to create new Phi/Select nodes. Keep it in CommonType field.
Serguei Katkov50364592017-11-29 05:51:26 +00003048 /// Return false if there is no common type found.
3049 bool initializeMap(FoldAddrToValueMapping &Map) {
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003050 // Keep track of keys where the value is null. We will need to replace it
3051 // with constant null when we know the common type.
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003052 SmallVector<Value *, 2> NullValue;
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +00003053 Type *IntPtrTy = SQ.DL.getIntPtrType(AddrModes[0].OriginalValue->getType());
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003054 for (auto &AM : AddrModes) {
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +00003055 Value *DV = AM.GetFieldAsValue(DifferentField, IntPtrTy);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003056 if (DV) {
Serguei Katkov50364592017-11-29 05:51:26 +00003057 auto *Type = DV->getType();
3058 if (CommonType && CommonType != Type)
3059 return false;
3060 CommonType = Type;
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003061 Map[AM.OriginalValue] = DV;
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003062 } else {
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003063 NullValue.push_back(AM.OriginalValue);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003064 }
3065 }
3066 assert(CommonType && "At least one non-null value must be!");
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003067 for (auto *V : NullValue)
3068 Map[V] = Constant::getNullValue(CommonType);
Serguei Katkov50364592017-11-29 05:51:26 +00003069 return true;
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003070 }
3071
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003072 /// We have mapping between value A and other value B where B was a field in
3073 /// addressing mode represented by A. Also we have an original value C
3074 /// representing an address we start with. Traversing from C through phi and
3075 /// selects we ended up with A's in a map. This utility function tries to find
3076 /// a value V which is a field in addressing mode C and traversing through phi
3077 /// nodes and selects we will end up in corresponded values B in a map.
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003078 /// The utility will create a new Phi/Selects if needed.
3079 // The simple example looks as follows:
3080 // BB1:
3081 // p1 = b1 + 40
3082 // br cond BB2, BB3
3083 // BB2:
3084 // p2 = b2 + 40
3085 // br BB3
3086 // BB3:
3087 // p = phi [p1, BB1], [p2, BB2]
3088 // v = load p
3089 // Map is
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003090 // p1 -> b1
3091 // p2 -> b2
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003092 // Request is
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003093 // p -> ?
3094 // The function tries to find or build phi [b1, BB1], [b2, BB2] in BB3.
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003095 Value *findCommon(FoldAddrToValueMapping &Map) {
Eric Christopherd72f78e2018-01-09 23:25:38 +00003096 // Tracks the simplification of newly created phi nodes. The reason we use
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003097 // this mapping is because we will add new created Phi nodes in AddrToBase.
3098 // Simplification of Phi nodes is recursive, so some Phi node may
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003099 // be simplified after we added it to AddrToBase. In reality this
3100 // simplification is possible only if original phi/selects were not
3101 // simplified yet.
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003102 // Using this mapping we can find the current value in AddrToBase.
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003103 SimplificationTracker ST(SQ);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003104
3105 // First step, DFS to create PHI nodes for all intermediate blocks.
3106 // Also fill traverse order for the second step.
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003107 SmallVector<Value *, 32> TraverseOrder;
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003108 InsertPlaceholders(Map, TraverseOrder, ST);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003109
3110 // Second Step, fill new nodes by merged values and simplify if possible.
3111 FillPlaceholders(Map, TraverseOrder, ST);
3112
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003113 if (!AddrSinkNewSelects && ST.countNewSelectNodes() > 0) {
3114 ST.destroyNewNodes(CommonType);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003115 return nullptr;
3116 }
3117
3118 // Now we'd like to match New Phi nodes to existed ones.
3119 unsigned PhiNotMatchedCount = 0;
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003120 if (!MatchPhiSet(ST, AddrSinkNewPhis, PhiNotMatchedCount)) {
3121 ST.destroyNewNodes(CommonType);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003122 return nullptr;
3123 }
3124
3125 auto *Result = ST.Get(Map.find(Original)->second);
3126 if (Result) {
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003127 NumMemoryInstsPhiCreated += ST.countNewPhiNodes() + PhiNotMatchedCount;
3128 NumMemoryInstsSelectCreated += ST.countNewSelectNodes();
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003129 }
3130 return Result;
3131 }
3132
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003133 /// Try to match PHI node to Candidate.
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003134 /// Matcher tracks the matched Phi nodes.
3135 bool MatchPhiNode(PHINode *PHI, PHINode *Candidate,
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003136 SmallSetVector<PHIPair, 8> &Matcher,
Ali Tamurd482b012018-11-12 21:43:43 +00003137 PhiNodeSet &PhiNodesToMatch) {
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003138 SmallVector<PHIPair, 8> WorkList;
3139 Matcher.insert({ PHI, Candidate });
3140 WorkList.push_back({ PHI, Candidate });
3141 SmallSet<PHIPair, 8> Visited;
3142 while (!WorkList.empty()) {
3143 auto Item = WorkList.pop_back_val();
3144 if (!Visited.insert(Item).second)
3145 continue;
3146 // We iterate over all incoming values to Phi to compare them.
3147 // If values are different and both of them Phi and the first one is a
3148 // Phi we added (subject to match) and both of them is in the same basic
3149 // block then we can match our pair if values match. So we state that
3150 // these values match and add it to work list to verify that.
3151 for (auto B : Item.first->blocks()) {
3152 Value *FirstValue = Item.first->getIncomingValueForBlock(B);
3153 Value *SecondValue = Item.second->getIncomingValueForBlock(B);
3154 if (FirstValue == SecondValue)
3155 continue;
3156
3157 PHINode *FirstPhi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(FirstValue);
3158 PHINode *SecondPhi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(SecondValue);
3159
3160 // One of them is not Phi or
3161 // The first one is not Phi node from the set we'd like to match or
3162 // Phi nodes from different basic blocks then
3163 // we will not be able to match.
3164 if (!FirstPhi || !SecondPhi || !PhiNodesToMatch.count(FirstPhi) ||
3165 FirstPhi->getParent() != SecondPhi->getParent())
3166 return false;
3167
3168 // If we already matched them then continue.
3169 if (Matcher.count({ FirstPhi, SecondPhi }))
3170 continue;
3171 // So the values are different and does not match. So we need them to
3172 // match.
3173 Matcher.insert({ FirstPhi, SecondPhi });
3174 // But me must check it.
3175 WorkList.push_back({ FirstPhi, SecondPhi });
3176 }
3177 }
3178 return true;
3179 }
3180
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003181 /// For the given set of PHI nodes (in the SimplificationTracker) try
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003182 /// to find their equivalents.
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003183 /// Returns false if this matching fails and creation of new Phi is disabled.
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003184 bool MatchPhiSet(SimplificationTracker &ST, bool AllowNewPhiNodes,
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003185 unsigned &PhiNotMatchedCount) {
Ali Tamurd482b012018-11-12 21:43:43 +00003186 // Matched and PhiNodesToMatch iterate their elements in a deterministic
3187 // order, so the replacements (ReplacePhi) are also done in a deterministic
3188 // order.
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003189 SmallSetVector<PHIPair, 8> Matched;
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003190 SmallPtrSet<PHINode *, 8> WillNotMatch;
Ali Tamurd482b012018-11-12 21:43:43 +00003191 PhiNodeSet &PhiNodesToMatch = ST.newPhiNodes();
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003192 while (PhiNodesToMatch.size()) {
3193 PHINode *PHI = *PhiNodesToMatch.begin();
3194
3195 // Add us, if no Phi nodes in the basic block we do not match.
3196 WillNotMatch.clear();
3197 WillNotMatch.insert(PHI);
3198
3199 // Traverse all Phis until we found equivalent or fail to do that.
3200 bool IsMatched = false;
3201 for (auto &P : PHI->getParent()->phis()) {
3202 if (&P == PHI)
3203 continue;
3204 if ((IsMatched = MatchPhiNode(PHI, &P, Matched, PhiNodesToMatch)))
3205 break;
3206 // If it does not match, collect all Phi nodes from matcher.
3207 // if we end up with no match, them all these Phi nodes will not match
3208 // later.
3209 for (auto M : Matched)
3210 WillNotMatch.insert(M.first);
3211 Matched.clear();
3212 }
3213 if (IsMatched) {
Serguei Katkova20e05b2018-03-12 03:50:07 +00003214 // Replace all matched values and erase them.
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003215 for (auto MV : Matched)
3216 ST.ReplacePhi(MV.first, MV.second);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003217 Matched.clear();
3218 continue;
3219 }
3220 // If we are not allowed to create new nodes then bail out.
3221 if (!AllowNewPhiNodes)
3222 return false;
3223 // Just remove all seen values in matcher. They will not match anything.
3224 PhiNotMatchedCount += WillNotMatch.size();
3225 for (auto *P : WillNotMatch)
Ali Tamurd482b012018-11-12 21:43:43 +00003226 PhiNodesToMatch.erase(P);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003227 }
3228 return true;
3229 }
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003230 /// Fill the placeholders with values from predecessors and simplify them.
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003231 void FillPlaceholders(FoldAddrToValueMapping &Map,
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003232 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &TraverseOrder,
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003233 SimplificationTracker &ST) {
3234 while (!TraverseOrder.empty()) {
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003235 Value *Current = TraverseOrder.pop_back_val();
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003236 assert(Map.find(Current) != Map.end() && "No node to fill!!!");
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003237 Value *V = Map[Current];
3238
3239 if (SelectInst *Select = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V)) {
3240 // CurrentValue also must be Select.
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003241 auto *CurrentSelect = cast<SelectInst>(Current);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003242 auto *TrueValue = CurrentSelect->getTrueValue();
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003243 assert(Map.find(TrueValue) != Map.end() && "No True Value!");
3244 Select->setTrueValue(ST.Get(Map[TrueValue]));
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003245 auto *FalseValue = CurrentSelect->getFalseValue();
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003246 assert(Map.find(FalseValue) != Map.end() && "No False Value!");
3247 Select->setFalseValue(ST.Get(Map[FalseValue]));
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003248 } else {
3249 // Must be a Phi node then.
3250 PHINode *PHI = cast<PHINode>(V);
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003251 auto *CurrentPhi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Current);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003252 // Fill the Phi node with values from predecessors.
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003253 for (auto B : predecessors(PHI->getParent())) {
3254 Value *PV = CurrentPhi->getIncomingValueForBlock(B);
3255 assert(Map.find(PV) != Map.end() && "No predecessor Value!");
3256 PHI->addIncoming(ST.Get(Map[PV]), B);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003257 }
3258 }
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003259 Map[Current] = ST.Simplify(V);
3260 }
3261 }
3262
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003263 /// Starting from original value recursively iterates over def-use chain up to
3264 /// known ending values represented in a map. For each traversed phi/select
3265 /// inserts a placeholder Phi or Select.
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003266 /// Reports all new created Phi/Select nodes by adding them to set.
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003267 /// Also reports and order in what values have been traversed.
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003268 void InsertPlaceholders(FoldAddrToValueMapping &Map,
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003269 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &TraverseOrder,
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003270 SimplificationTracker &ST) {
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003271 SmallVector<Value *, 32> Worklist;
3272 assert((isa<PHINode>(Original) || isa<SelectInst>(Original)) &&
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003273 "Address must be a Phi or Select node");
3274 auto *Dummy = UndefValue::get(CommonType);
3275 Worklist.push_back(Original);
3276 while (!Worklist.empty()) {
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003277 Value *Current = Worklist.pop_back_val();
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003278 // if it is already visited or it is an ending value then skip it.
3279 if (Map.find(Current) != Map.end())
3280 continue;
3281 TraverseOrder.push_back(Current);
3282
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003283 // CurrentValue must be a Phi node or select. All others must be covered
3284 // by anchors.
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003285 if (SelectInst *CurrentSelect = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Current)) {
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003286 // Is it OK to get metadata from OrigSelect?!
3287 // Create a Select placeholder with dummy value.
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003288 SelectInst *Select = SelectInst::Create(
3289 CurrentSelect->getCondition(), Dummy, Dummy,
3290 CurrentSelect->getName(), CurrentSelect, CurrentSelect);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003291 Map[Current] = Select;
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003292 ST.insertNewSelect(Select);
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003293 // We are interested in True and False values.
3294 Worklist.push_back(CurrentSelect->getTrueValue());
3295 Worklist.push_back(CurrentSelect->getFalseValue());
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003296 } else {
3297 // It must be a Phi node then.
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003298 PHINode *CurrentPhi = cast<PHINode>(Current);
3299 unsigned PredCount = CurrentPhi->getNumIncomingValues();
3300 PHINode *PHI =
3301 PHINode::Create(CommonType, PredCount, "sunk_phi", CurrentPhi);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003302 Map[Current] = PHI;
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003303 ST.insertNewPhi(PHI);
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003304 for (Value *P : CurrentPhi->incoming_values())
3305 Worklist.push_back(P);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003306 }
3307 }
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00003308 }
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +00003309
3310 bool addrModeCombiningAllowed() {
3311 if (DisableComplexAddrModes)
3312 return false;
3313 switch (DifferentField) {
3314 default:
3315 return false;
3316 case ExtAddrMode::BaseRegField:
3317 return AddrSinkCombineBaseReg;
3318 case ExtAddrMode::BaseGVField:
3319 return AddrSinkCombineBaseGV;
3320 case ExtAddrMode::BaseOffsField:
3321 return AddrSinkCombineBaseOffs;
3322 case ExtAddrMode::ScaledRegField:
3323 return AddrSinkCombineScaledReg;
3324 }
3325 }
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00003326};
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00003327} // end anonymous namespace
3328
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00003329/// Try adding ScaleReg*Scale to the current addressing mode.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003330/// Return true and update AddrMode if this addr mode is legal for the target,
3331/// false if not.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003332bool AddressingModeMatcher::matchScaledValue(Value *ScaleReg, int64_t Scale,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003333 unsigned Depth) {
3334 // If Scale is 1, then this is the same as adding ScaleReg to the addressing
3335 // mode. Just process that directly.
3336 if (Scale == 1)
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003337 return matchAddr(ScaleReg, Depth);
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003338
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003339 // If the scale is 0, it takes nothing to add this.
3340 if (Scale == 0)
3341 return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003342
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003343 // If we already have a scale of this value, we can add to it, otherwise, we
3344 // need an available scale field.
3345 if (AddrMode.Scale != 0 && AddrMode.ScaledReg != ScaleReg)
3346 return false;
3347
3348 ExtAddrMode TestAddrMode = AddrMode;
3349
3350 // Add scale to turn X*4+X*3 -> X*7. This could also do things like
3351 // [A+B + A*7] -> [B+A*8].
3352 TestAddrMode.Scale += Scale;
3353 TestAddrMode.ScaledReg = ScaleReg;
3354
3355 // If the new address isn't legal, bail out.
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00003356 if (!TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, TestAddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003357 return false;
3358
3359 // It was legal, so commit it.
3360 AddrMode = TestAddrMode;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003361
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003362 // Okay, we decided that we can add ScaleReg+Scale to AddrMode. Check now
3363 // to see if ScaleReg is actually X+C. If so, we can turn this into adding
3364 // X*Scale + C*Scale to addr mode.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003365 ConstantInt *CI = nullptr; Value *AddLHS = nullptr;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003366 if (isa<Instruction>(ScaleReg) && // not a constant expr.
3367 match(ScaleReg, m_Add(m_Value(AddLHS), m_ConstantInt(CI)))) {
3368 TestAddrMode.ScaledReg = AddLHS;
3369 TestAddrMode.BaseOffs += CI->getSExtValue()*TestAddrMode.Scale;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003370
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003371 // If this addressing mode is legal, commit it and remember that we folded
3372 // this instruction.
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00003373 if (TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, TestAddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace)) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003374 AddrModeInsts.push_back(cast<Instruction>(ScaleReg));
3375 AddrMode = TestAddrMode;
3376 return true;
3377 }
3378 }
3379
3380 // Otherwise, not (x+c)*scale, just return what we have.
3381 return true;
3382}
3383
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00003384/// This is a little filter, which returns true if an addressing computation
3385/// involving I might be folded into a load/store accessing it.
3386/// This doesn't need to be perfect, but needs to accept at least
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003387/// the set of instructions that MatchOperationAddr can.
3388static bool MightBeFoldableInst(Instruction *I) {
3389 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
3390 case Instruction::BitCast:
Eli Benderskyf13a0562014-05-22 00:02:52 +00003391 case Instruction::AddrSpaceCast:
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003392 // Don't touch identity bitcasts.
3393 if (I->getType() == I->getOperand(0)->getType())
3394 return false;
Vedant Kumarb3091da2018-07-06 20:17:42 +00003395 return I->getType()->isIntOrPtrTy();
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003396 case Instruction::PtrToInt:
3397 // PtrToInt is always a noop, as we know that the int type is pointer sized.
3398 return true;
3399 case Instruction::IntToPtr:
3400 // We know the input is intptr_t, so this is foldable.
3401 return true;
3402 case Instruction::Add:
3403 return true;
3404 case Instruction::Mul:
3405 case Instruction::Shl:
3406 // Can only handle X*C and X << C.
3407 return isa<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1));
3408 case Instruction::GetElementPtr:
3409 return true;
3410 default:
3411 return false;
3412 }
3413}
3414
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003415/// Check whether or not \p Val is a legal instruction for \p TLI.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003416/// \note \p Val is assumed to be the product of some type promotion.
3417/// Therefore if \p Val has an undefined state in \p TLI, this is assumed
3418/// to be legal, as the non-promoted value would have had the same state.
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00003419static bool isPromotedInstructionLegal(const TargetLowering &TLI,
3420 const DataLayout &DL, Value *Val) {
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003421 Instruction *PromotedInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val);
3422 if (!PromotedInst)
3423 return false;
3424 int ISDOpcode = TLI.InstructionOpcodeToISD(PromotedInst->getOpcode());
3425 // If the ISDOpcode is undefined, it was undefined before the promotion.
3426 if (!ISDOpcode)
3427 return true;
3428 // Otherwise, check if the promoted instruction is legal or not.
3429 return TLI.isOperationLegalOrCustom(
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00003430 ISDOpcode, TLI.getValueType(DL, PromotedInst->getType()));
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003431}
3432
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00003433namespace {
3434
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003435/// Hepler class to perform type promotion.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003436class TypePromotionHelper {
Guozhi Wei8c17f9a2018-08-15 22:08:26 +00003437 /// Utility function to add a promoted instruction \p ExtOpnd to
3438 /// \p PromotedInsts and record the type of extension we have seen.
3439 static void addPromotedInst(InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts,
3440 Instruction *ExtOpnd,
3441 bool IsSExt) {
3442 ExtType ExtTy = IsSExt ? SignExtension : ZeroExtension;
3443 InstrToOrigTy::iterator It = PromotedInsts.find(ExtOpnd);
3444 if (It != PromotedInsts.end()) {
3445 // If the new extension is same as original, the information in
3446 // PromotedInsts[ExtOpnd] is still correct.
3447 if (It->second.getInt() == ExtTy)
3448 return;
3449
3450 // Now the new extension is different from old extension, we make
3451 // the type information invalid by setting extension type to
3452 // BothExtension.
3453 ExtTy = BothExtension;
3454 }
3455 PromotedInsts[ExtOpnd] = TypeIsSExt(ExtOpnd->getType(), ExtTy);
3456 }
3457
3458 /// Utility function to query the original type of instruction \p Opnd
3459 /// with a matched extension type. If the extension doesn't match, we
3460 /// cannot use the information we had on the original type.
3461 /// BothExtension doesn't match any extension type.
3462 static const Type *getOrigType(const InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts,
3463 Instruction *Opnd,
3464 bool IsSExt) {
3465 ExtType ExtTy = IsSExt ? SignExtension : ZeroExtension;
3466 InstrToOrigTy::const_iterator It = PromotedInsts.find(Opnd);
3467 if (It != PromotedInsts.end() && It->second.getInt() == ExtTy)
3468 return It->second.getPointer();
3469 return nullptr;
3470 }
3471
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003472 /// Utility function to check whether or not a sign or zero extension
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003473 /// of \p Inst with \p ConsideredExtType can be moved through \p Inst by
3474 /// either using the operands of \p Inst or promoting \p Inst.
3475 /// The type of the extension is defined by \p IsSExt.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003476 /// In other words, check if:
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003477 /// ext (Ty Inst opnd1 opnd2 ... opndN) to ConsideredExtType.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003478 /// #1 Promotion applies:
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003479 /// ConsideredExtType Inst (ext opnd1 to ConsideredExtType, ...).
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003480 /// #2 Operand reuses:
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003481 /// ext opnd1 to ConsideredExtType.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003482 /// \p PromotedInsts maps the instructions to their type before promotion.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003483 static bool canGetThrough(const Instruction *Inst, Type *ConsideredExtType,
3484 const InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, bool IsSExt);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003485
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003486 /// Utility function to determine if \p OpIdx should be promoted when
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003487 /// promoting \p Inst.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003488 static bool shouldExtOperand(const Instruction *Inst, int OpIdx) {
Rafael Espindola84921b92015-10-24 23:11:13 +00003489 return !(isa<SelectInst>(Inst) && OpIdx == 0);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003490 }
3491
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003492 /// Utility function to promote the operand of \p Ext when this
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003493 /// operand is a promotable trunc or sext or zext.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003494 /// \p PromotedInsts maps the instructions to their type before promotion.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003495 /// \p CreatedInstsCost[out] contains the cost of all instructions
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003496 /// created to promote the operand of Ext.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003497 /// Newly added extensions are inserted in \p Exts.
3498 /// Newly added truncates are inserted in \p Truncs.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003499 /// Should never be called directly.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003500 /// \return The promoted value which is used instead of Ext.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003501 static Value *promoteOperandForTruncAndAnyExt(
3502 Instruction *Ext, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003503 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003504 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003505 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs, const TargetLowering &TLI);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003506
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003507 /// Utility function to promote the operand of \p Ext when this
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003508 /// operand is promotable and is not a supported trunc or sext.
3509 /// \p PromotedInsts maps the instructions to their type before promotion.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003510 /// \p CreatedInstsCost[out] contains the cost of all the instructions
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003511 /// created to promote the operand of Ext.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003512 /// Newly added extensions are inserted in \p Exts.
3513 /// Newly added truncates are inserted in \p Truncs.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003514 /// Should never be called directly.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003515 /// \return The promoted value which is used instead of Ext.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003516 static Value *promoteOperandForOther(Instruction *Ext,
3517 TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
3518 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts,
3519 unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
3520 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
3521 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs,
3522 const TargetLowering &TLI, bool IsSExt);
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003523
3524 /// \see promoteOperandForOther.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003525 static Value *signExtendOperandForOther(
3526 Instruction *Ext, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
3527 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
3528 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
3529 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs, const TargetLowering &TLI) {
3530 return promoteOperandForOther(Ext, TPT, PromotedInsts, CreatedInstsCost,
3531 Exts, Truncs, TLI, true);
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003532 }
3533
3534 /// \see promoteOperandForOther.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003535 static Value *zeroExtendOperandForOther(
3536 Instruction *Ext, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
3537 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
3538 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
3539 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs, const TargetLowering &TLI) {
3540 return promoteOperandForOther(Ext, TPT, PromotedInsts, CreatedInstsCost,
3541 Exts, Truncs, TLI, false);
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003542 }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003543
3544public:
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003545 /// Type for the utility function that promotes the operand of Ext.
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00003546 using Action = Value *(*)(Instruction *Ext, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
3547 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts,
3548 unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
3549 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
3550 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs,
3551 const TargetLowering &TLI);
3552
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00003553 /// Given a sign/zero extend instruction \p Ext, return the appropriate
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003554 /// action to promote the operand of \p Ext instead of using Ext.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003555 /// \return NULL if no promotable action is possible with the current
3556 /// sign extension.
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00003557 /// \p InsertedInsts keeps track of all the instructions inserted by the
3558 /// other CodeGenPrepare optimizations. This information is important
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003559 /// because we do not want to promote these instructions as CodeGenPrepare
3560 /// will reinsert them later. Thus creating an infinite loop: create/remove.
3561 /// \p PromotedInsts maps the instructions to their type before promotion.
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00003562 static Action getAction(Instruction *Ext, const SetOfInstrs &InsertedInsts,
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003563 const TargetLowering &TLI,
3564 const InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts);
3565};
3566
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00003567} // end anonymous namespace
3568
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003569bool TypePromotionHelper::canGetThrough(const Instruction *Inst,
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003570 Type *ConsideredExtType,
3571 const InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts,
3572 bool IsSExt) {
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003573 // The promotion helper does not know how to deal with vector types yet.
3574 // To be able to fix that, we would need to fix the places where we
3575 // statically extend, e.g., constants and such.
3576 if (Inst->getType()->isVectorTy())
3577 return false;
3578
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003579 // We can always get through zext.
3580 if (isa<ZExtInst>(Inst))
3581 return true;
3582
3583 // sext(sext) is ok too.
3584 if (IsSExt && isa<SExtInst>(Inst))
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003585 return true;
3586
3587 // We can get through binary operator, if it is legal. In other words, the
3588 // binary operator must have a nuw or nsw flag.
3589 const BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Inst);
3590 if (BinOp && isa<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(BinOp) &&
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003591 ((!IsSExt && BinOp->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) ||
3592 (IsSExt && BinOp->hasNoSignedWrap())))
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003593 return true;
3594
Guozhi Weic4c6b542018-06-05 21:03:52 +00003595 // ext(and(opnd, cst)) --> and(ext(opnd), ext(cst))
3596 if ((Inst->getOpcode() == Instruction::And ||
3597 Inst->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or))
3598 return true;
3599
3600 // ext(xor(opnd, cst)) --> xor(ext(opnd), ext(cst))
3601 if (Inst->getOpcode() == Instruction::Xor) {
3602 const ConstantInt *Cst = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Inst->getOperand(1));
3603 // Make sure it is not a NOT.
3604 if (Cst && !Cst->getValue().isAllOnesValue())
3605 return true;
3606 }
3607
3608 // zext(shrl(opnd, cst)) --> shrl(zext(opnd), zext(cst))
3609 // It may change a poisoned value into a regular value, like
3610 // zext i32 (shrl i8 %val, 12) --> shrl i32 (zext i8 %val), 12
3611 // poisoned value regular value
3612 // It should be OK since undef covers valid value.
3613 if (Inst->getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr && !IsSExt)
3614 return true;
3615
3616 // and(ext(shl(opnd, cst)), cst) --> and(shl(ext(opnd), ext(cst)), cst)
3617 // It may change a poisoned value into a regular value, like
3618 // zext i32 (shl i8 %val, 12) --> shl i32 (zext i8 %val), 12
3619 // poisoned value regular value
3620 // It should be OK since undef covers valid value.
3621 if (Inst->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl && Inst->hasOneUse()) {
3622 const Instruction *ExtInst =
3623 dyn_cast<const Instruction>(*Inst->user_begin());
3624 if (ExtInst->hasOneUse()) {
3625 const Instruction *AndInst =
3626 dyn_cast<const Instruction>(*ExtInst->user_begin());
3627 if (AndInst && AndInst->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) {
3628 const ConstantInt *Cst = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(AndInst->getOperand(1));
3629 if (Cst &&
3630 Cst->getValue().isIntN(Inst->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth()))
3631 return true;
3632 }
3633 }
3634 }
3635
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003636 // Check if we can do the following simplification.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003637 // ext(trunc(opnd)) --> ext(opnd)
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003638 if (!isa<TruncInst>(Inst))
3639 return false;
3640
3641 Value *OpndVal = Inst->getOperand(0);
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003642 // Check if we can use this operand in the extension.
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00003643 // If the type is larger than the result type of the extension, we cannot.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003644 if (!OpndVal->getType()->isIntegerTy() ||
3645 OpndVal->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth() >
3646 ConsideredExtType->getIntegerBitWidth())
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003647 return false;
3648
3649 // If the operand of the truncate is not an instruction, we will not have
3650 // any information on the dropped bits.
3651 // (Actually we could for constant but it is not worth the extra logic).
3652 Instruction *Opnd = dyn_cast<Instruction>(OpndVal);
3653 if (!Opnd)
3654 return false;
3655
3656 // Check if the source of the type is narrow enough.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003657 // I.e., check that trunc just drops extended bits of the same kind of
3658 // the extension.
3659 // #1 get the type of the operand and check the kind of the extended bits.
Guozhi Wei8c17f9a2018-08-15 22:08:26 +00003660 const Type *OpndType = getOrigType(PromotedInsts, Opnd, IsSExt);
3661 if (OpndType)
3662 ;
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003663 else if ((IsSExt && isa<SExtInst>(Opnd)) || (!IsSExt && isa<ZExtInst>(Opnd)))
3664 OpndType = Opnd->getOperand(0)->getType();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003665 else
3666 return false;
3667
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00003668 // #2 check that the truncate just drops extended bits.
Rafael Espindola84921b92015-10-24 23:11:13 +00003669 return Inst->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth() >=
3670 OpndType->getIntegerBitWidth();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003671}
3672
3673TypePromotionHelper::Action TypePromotionHelper::getAction(
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00003674 Instruction *Ext, const SetOfInstrs &InsertedInsts,
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003675 const TargetLowering &TLI, const InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts) {
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003676 assert((isa<SExtInst>(Ext) || isa<ZExtInst>(Ext)) &&
3677 "Unexpected instruction type");
3678 Instruction *ExtOpnd = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Ext->getOperand(0));
3679 Type *ExtTy = Ext->getType();
3680 bool IsSExt = isa<SExtInst>(Ext);
3681 // If the operand of the extension is not an instruction, we cannot
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003682 // get through.
3683 // If it, check we can get through.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003684 if (!ExtOpnd || !canGetThrough(ExtOpnd, ExtTy, PromotedInsts, IsSExt))
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003685 return nullptr;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003686
3687 // Do not promote if the operand has been added by codegenprepare.
3688 // Otherwise, it means we are undoing an optimization that is likely to be
3689 // redone, thus causing potential infinite loop.
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00003690 if (isa<TruncInst>(ExtOpnd) && InsertedInsts.count(ExtOpnd))
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003691 return nullptr;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003692
3693 // SExt or Trunc instructions.
3694 // Return the related handler.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003695 if (isa<SExtInst>(ExtOpnd) || isa<TruncInst>(ExtOpnd) ||
3696 isa<ZExtInst>(ExtOpnd))
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003697 return promoteOperandForTruncAndAnyExt;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003698
3699 // Regular instruction.
3700 // Abort early if we will have to insert non-free instructions.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003701 if (!ExtOpnd->hasOneUse() && !TLI.isTruncateFree(ExtTy, ExtOpnd->getType()))
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003702 return nullptr;
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003703 return IsSExt ? signExtendOperandForOther : zeroExtendOperandForOther;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003704}
3705
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003706Value *TypePromotionHelper::promoteOperandForTruncAndAnyExt(
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00003707 Instruction *SExt, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003708 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003709 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003710 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs, const TargetLowering &TLI) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003711 // By construction, the operand of SExt is an instruction. Otherwise we cannot
3712 // get through it and this method should not be called.
3713 Instruction *SExtOpnd = cast<Instruction>(SExt->getOperand(0));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003714 Value *ExtVal = SExt;
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003715 bool HasMergedNonFreeExt = false;
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003716 if (isa<ZExtInst>(SExtOpnd)) {
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003717 // Replace s|zext(zext(opnd))
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003718 // => zext(opnd).
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003719 HasMergedNonFreeExt = !TLI.isExtFree(SExtOpnd);
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003720 Value *ZExt =
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003721 TPT.createZExt(SExt, SExtOpnd->getOperand(0), SExt->getType());
3722 TPT.replaceAllUsesWith(SExt, ZExt);
3723 TPT.eraseInstruction(SExt);
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003724 ExtVal = ZExt;
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003725 } else {
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003726 // Replace z|sext(trunc(opnd)) or sext(sext(opnd))
3727 // => z|sext(opnd).
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003728 TPT.setOperand(SExt, 0, SExtOpnd->getOperand(0));
3729 }
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003730 CreatedInstsCost = 0;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003731
3732 // Remove dead code.
3733 if (SExtOpnd->use_empty())
3734 TPT.eraseInstruction(SExtOpnd);
3735
Quentin Colombet9dcb7242014-09-15 18:26:58 +00003736 // Check if the extension is still needed.
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003737 Instruction *ExtInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(ExtVal);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003738 if (!ExtInst || ExtInst->getType() != ExtInst->getOperand(0)->getType()) {
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003739 if (ExtInst) {
3740 if (Exts)
3741 Exts->push_back(ExtInst);
3742 CreatedInstsCost = !TLI.isExtFree(ExtInst) && !HasMergedNonFreeExt;
3743 }
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003744 return ExtVal;
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003745 }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003746
Quentin Colombet9dcb7242014-09-15 18:26:58 +00003747 // At this point we have: ext ty opnd to ty.
3748 // Reassign the uses of ExtInst to the opnd and remove ExtInst.
3749 Value *NextVal = ExtInst->getOperand(0);
3750 TPT.eraseInstruction(ExtInst, NextVal);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003751 return NextVal;
3752}
3753
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003754Value *TypePromotionHelper::promoteOperandForOther(
3755 Instruction *Ext, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003756 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003757 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003758 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs, const TargetLowering &TLI,
3759 bool IsSExt) {
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003760 // By construction, the operand of Ext is an instruction. Otherwise we cannot
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003761 // get through it and this method should not be called.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003762 Instruction *ExtOpnd = cast<Instruction>(Ext->getOperand(0));
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003763 CreatedInstsCost = 0;
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003764 if (!ExtOpnd->hasOneUse()) {
3765 // ExtOpnd will be promoted.
3766 // All its uses, but Ext, will need to use a truncated value of the
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003767 // promoted version.
3768 // Create the truncate now.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003769 Value *Trunc = TPT.createTrunc(Ext, ExtOpnd->getType());
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003770 if (Instruction *ITrunc = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Trunc)) {
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003771 // Insert it just after the definition.
Sanjay Patel674d2c22017-08-29 14:07:48 +00003772 ITrunc->moveAfter(ExtOpnd);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003773 if (Truncs)
3774 Truncs->push_back(ITrunc);
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003775 }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003776
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003777 TPT.replaceAllUsesWith(ExtOpnd, Trunc);
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00003778 // Restore the operand of Ext (which has been replaced by the previous call
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003779 // to replaceAllUsesWith) to avoid creating a cycle trunc <-> sext.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003780 TPT.setOperand(Ext, 0, ExtOpnd);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003781 }
3782
3783 // Get through the Instruction:
3784 // 1. Update its type.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003785 // 2. Replace the uses of Ext by Inst.
3786 // 3. Extend each operand that needs to be extended.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003787
3788 // Remember the original type of the instruction before promotion.
3789 // This is useful to know that the high bits are sign extended bits.
Guozhi Wei8c17f9a2018-08-15 22:08:26 +00003790 addPromotedInst(PromotedInsts, ExtOpnd, IsSExt);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003791 // Step #1.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003792 TPT.mutateType(ExtOpnd, Ext->getType());
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003793 // Step #2.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003794 TPT.replaceAllUsesWith(Ext, ExtOpnd);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003795 // Step #3.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003796 Instruction *ExtForOpnd = Ext;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003797
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003798 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Propagate Ext to operands\n");
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003799 for (int OpIdx = 0, EndOpIdx = ExtOpnd->getNumOperands(); OpIdx != EndOpIdx;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003800 ++OpIdx) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003801 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Operand:\n" << *(ExtOpnd->getOperand(OpIdx)) << '\n');
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003802 if (ExtOpnd->getOperand(OpIdx)->getType() == Ext->getType() ||
3803 !shouldExtOperand(ExtOpnd, OpIdx)) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003804 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "No need to propagate\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003805 continue;
3806 }
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003807 // Check if we can statically extend the operand.
3808 Value *Opnd = ExtOpnd->getOperand(OpIdx);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003809 if (const ConstantInt *Cst = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Opnd)) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003810 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Statically extend\n");
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003811 unsigned BitWidth = Ext->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth();
3812 APInt CstVal = IsSExt ? Cst->getValue().sext(BitWidth)
3813 : Cst->getValue().zext(BitWidth);
3814 TPT.setOperand(ExtOpnd, OpIdx, ConstantInt::get(Ext->getType(), CstVal));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003815 continue;
3816 }
3817 // UndefValue are typed, so we have to statically sign extend them.
3818 if (isa<UndefValue>(Opnd)) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003819 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Statically extend\n");
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003820 TPT.setOperand(ExtOpnd, OpIdx, UndefValue::get(Ext->getType()));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003821 continue;
3822 }
3823
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00003824 // Otherwise we have to explicitly sign extend the operand.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003825 // Check if Ext was reused to extend an operand.
3826 if (!ExtForOpnd) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003827 // If yes, create a new one.
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003828 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "More operands to ext\n");
Quentin Colombet84f89cc2014-12-22 18:11:52 +00003829 Value *ValForExtOpnd = IsSExt ? TPT.createSExt(Ext, Opnd, Ext->getType())
3830 : TPT.createZExt(Ext, Opnd, Ext->getType());
3831 if (!isa<Instruction>(ValForExtOpnd)) {
3832 TPT.setOperand(ExtOpnd, OpIdx, ValForExtOpnd);
3833 continue;
3834 }
3835 ExtForOpnd = cast<Instruction>(ValForExtOpnd);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003836 }
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003837 if (Exts)
3838 Exts->push_back(ExtForOpnd);
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003839 TPT.setOperand(ExtForOpnd, 0, Opnd);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003840
3841 // Move the sign extension before the insertion point.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003842 TPT.moveBefore(ExtForOpnd, ExtOpnd);
3843 TPT.setOperand(ExtOpnd, OpIdx, ExtForOpnd);
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003844 CreatedInstsCost += !TLI.isExtFree(ExtForOpnd);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003845 // If more sext are required, new instructions will have to be created.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003846 ExtForOpnd = nullptr;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003847 }
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003848 if (ExtForOpnd == Ext) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003849 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Extension is useless now\n");
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003850 TPT.eraseInstruction(Ext);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003851 }
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003852 return ExtOpnd;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003853}
3854
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00003855/// Check whether or not promoting an instruction to a wider type is profitable.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003856/// \p NewCost gives the cost of extension instructions created by the
3857/// promotion.
3858/// \p OldCost gives the cost of extension instructions before the promotion
3859/// plus the number of instructions that have been
3860/// matched in the addressing mode the promotion.
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00003861/// \p PromotedOperand is the value that has been promoted.
3862/// \return True if the promotion is profitable, false otherwise.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003863bool AddressingModeMatcher::isPromotionProfitable(
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003864 unsigned NewCost, unsigned OldCost, Value *PromotedOperand) const {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003865 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "OldCost: " << OldCost << "\tNewCost: " << NewCost
3866 << '\n');
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003867 // The cost of the new extensions is greater than the cost of the
3868 // old extension plus what we folded.
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00003869 // This is not profitable.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003870 if (NewCost > OldCost)
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00003871 return false;
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003872 if (NewCost < OldCost)
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00003873 return true;
3874 // The promotion is neutral but it may help folding the sign extension in
3875 // loads for instance.
3876 // Check that we did not create an illegal instruction.
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00003877 return isPromotedInstructionLegal(TLI, DL, PromotedOperand);
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00003878}
3879
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00003880/// Given an instruction or constant expr, see if we can fold the operation
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00003881/// into the addressing mode. If so, update the addressing mode and return
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00003882/// true, otherwise return false without modifying AddrMode.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003883/// If \p MovedAway is not NULL, it contains the information of whether or
3884/// not AddrInst has to be folded into the addressing mode on success.
3885/// If \p MovedAway == true, \p AddrInst will not be part of the addressing
3886/// because it has been moved away.
3887/// Thus AddrInst must not be added in the matched instructions.
3888/// This state can happen when AddrInst is a sext, since it may be moved away.
3889/// Therefore, AddrInst may not be valid when MovedAway is true and it must
3890/// not be referenced anymore.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003891bool AddressingModeMatcher::matchOperationAddr(User *AddrInst, unsigned Opcode,
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003892 unsigned Depth,
3893 bool *MovedAway) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003894 // Avoid exponential behavior on extremely deep expression trees.
3895 if (Depth >= 5) return false;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003896
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003897 // By default, all matched instructions stay in place.
3898 if (MovedAway)
3899 *MovedAway = false;
3900
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003901 switch (Opcode) {
3902 case Instruction::PtrToInt:
3903 // PtrToInt is always a noop, as we know that the int type is pointer sized.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003904 return matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth);
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00003905 case Instruction::IntToPtr: {
3906 auto AS = AddrInst->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
3907 auto PtrTy = MVT::getIntegerVT(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(AS));
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003908 // This inttoptr is a no-op if the integer type is pointer sized.
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00003909 if (TLI.getValueType(DL, AddrInst->getOperand(0)->getType()) == PtrTy)
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003910 return matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003911 return false;
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00003912 }
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003913 case Instruction::BitCast:
3914 // BitCast is always a noop, and we can handle it as long as it is
3915 // int->int or pointer->pointer (we don't want int<->fp or something).
Vedant Kumarb3091da2018-07-06 20:17:42 +00003916 if (AddrInst->getOperand(0)->getType()->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003917 // Don't touch identity bitcasts. These were probably put here by LSR,
3918 // and we don't want to mess around with them. Assume it knows what it
3919 // is doing.
3920 AddrInst->getOperand(0)->getType() != AddrInst->getType())
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003921 return matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003922 return false;
Matt Arsenaultf05b0232015-05-26 16:59:43 +00003923 case Instruction::AddrSpaceCast: {
3924 unsigned SrcAS
3925 = AddrInst->getOperand(0)->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
3926 unsigned DestAS = AddrInst->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
3927 if (TLI.isNoopAddrSpaceCast(SrcAS, DestAS))
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003928 return matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth);
Matt Arsenaultf05b0232015-05-26 16:59:43 +00003929 return false;
3930 }
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003931 case Instruction::Add: {
3932 // Check to see if we can merge in the RHS then the LHS. If so, we win.
3933 ExtAddrMode BackupAddrMode = AddrMode;
3934 unsigned OldSize = AddrModeInsts.size();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003935 // Start a transaction at this point.
3936 // The LHS may match but not the RHS.
3937 // Therefore, we need a higher level restoration point to undo partially
3938 // matched operation.
3939 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
3940 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
3941
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003942 if (matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(1), Depth+1) &&
3943 matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth+1))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003944 return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003945
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003946 // Restore the old addr mode info.
3947 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
3948 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003949 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003950
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003951 // Otherwise this was over-aggressive. Try merging in the LHS then the RHS.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003952 if (matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth+1) &&
3953 matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(1), Depth+1))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003954 return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003955
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003956 // Otherwise we definitely can't merge the ADD in.
3957 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
3958 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003959 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003960 break;
3961 }
3962 //case Instruction::Or:
3963 // TODO: We can handle "Or Val, Imm" iff this OR is equivalent to an ADD.
3964 //break;
3965 case Instruction::Mul:
3966 case Instruction::Shl: {
3967 // Can only handle X*C and X << C.
3968 ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(AddrInst->getOperand(1));
Philip Reames9c3cbee2017-10-30 23:59:51 +00003969 if (!RHS || RHS->getBitWidth() > 64)
Sanjay Pateld3bbfa12014-07-16 22:40:28 +00003970 return false;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003971 int64_t Scale = RHS->getSExtValue();
3972 if (Opcode == Instruction::Shl)
3973 Scale = 1LL << Scale;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003974
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003975 return matchScaledValue(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Scale, Depth);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003976 }
3977 case Instruction::GetElementPtr: {
3978 // Scan the GEP. We check it if it contains constant offsets and at most
3979 // one variable offset.
3980 int VariableOperand = -1;
3981 unsigned VariableScale = 0;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003982
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003983 int64_t ConstantOffset = 0;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003984 gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(AddrInst);
3985 for (unsigned i = 1, e = AddrInst->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i, ++GTI) {
Peter Collingbourneab85225b2016-12-02 02:24:42 +00003986 if (StructType *STy = GTI.getStructTypeOrNull()) {
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00003987 const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(STy);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003988 unsigned Idx =
3989 cast<ConstantInt>(AddrInst->getOperand(i))->getZExtValue();
3990 ConstantOffset += SL->getElementOffset(Idx);
3991 } else {
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00003992 uint64_t TypeSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(GTI.getIndexedType());
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003993 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(AddrInst->getOperand(i))) {
Simon Pilgrimee82a792018-08-13 12:10:09 +00003994 const APInt &CVal = CI->getValue();
3995 if (CVal.getMinSignedBits() <= 64) {
3996 ConstantOffset += CVal.getSExtValue() * TypeSize;
3997 continue;
3998 }
3999 }
4000 if (TypeSize) { // Scales of zero don't do anything.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004001 // We only allow one variable index at the moment.
4002 if (VariableOperand != -1)
4003 return false;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004004
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004005 // Remember the variable index.
4006 VariableOperand = i;
4007 VariableScale = TypeSize;
4008 }
4009 }
4010 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004011
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004012 // A common case is for the GEP to only do a constant offset. In this case,
4013 // just add it to the disp field and check validity.
4014 if (VariableOperand == -1) {
4015 AddrMode.BaseOffs += ConstantOffset;
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00004016 if (ConstantOffset == 0 ||
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00004017 TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, AddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace)) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004018 // Check to see if we can fold the base pointer in too.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004019 if (matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth+1))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004020 return true;
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00004021 } else if (EnableGEPOffsetSplit && isa<GetElementPtrInst>(AddrInst) &&
4022 TLI.shouldConsiderGEPOffsetSplit() && Depth == 0 &&
4023 ConstantOffset > 0) {
4024 // Record GEPs with non-zero offsets as candidates for splitting in the
4025 // event that the offset cannot fit into the r+i addressing mode.
4026 // Simple and common case that only one GEP is used in calculating the
4027 // address for the memory access.
4028 Value *Base = AddrInst->getOperand(0);
4029 auto *BaseI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Base);
4030 auto *GEP = cast<GetElementPtrInst>(AddrInst);
4031 if (isa<Argument>(Base) || isa<GlobalValue>(Base) ||
4032 (BaseI && !isa<CastInst>(BaseI) &&
4033 !isa<GetElementPtrInst>(BaseI))) {
4034 // If the base is an instruction, make sure the GEP is not in the same
4035 // basic block as the base. If the base is an argument or global
4036 // value, make sure the GEP is not in the entry block. Otherwise,
4037 // instruction selection can undo the split. Also make sure the
4038 // parent block allows inserting non-PHI instructions before the
4039 // terminator.
4040 BasicBlock *Parent =
4041 BaseI ? BaseI->getParent() : &GEP->getFunction()->getEntryBlock();
4042 if (GEP->getParent() != Parent && !Parent->getTerminator()->isEHPad())
4043 LargeOffsetGEP = std::make_pair(GEP, ConstantOffset);
4044 }
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004045 }
4046 AddrMode.BaseOffs -= ConstantOffset;
4047 return false;
4048 }
4049
4050 // Save the valid addressing mode in case we can't match.
4051 ExtAddrMode BackupAddrMode = AddrMode;
4052 unsigned OldSize = AddrModeInsts.size();
4053
4054 // See if the scale and offset amount is valid for this target.
4055 AddrMode.BaseOffs += ConstantOffset;
4056
4057 // Match the base operand of the GEP.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004058 if (!matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth+1)) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004059 // If it couldn't be matched, just stuff the value in a register.
4060 if (AddrMode.HasBaseReg) {
4061 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
4062 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
4063 return false;
4064 }
4065 AddrMode.HasBaseReg = true;
4066 AddrMode.BaseReg = AddrInst->getOperand(0);
4067 }
4068
4069 // Match the remaining variable portion of the GEP.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004070 if (!matchScaledValue(AddrInst->getOperand(VariableOperand), VariableScale,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004071 Depth)) {
4072 // If it couldn't be matched, try stuffing the base into a register
4073 // instead of matching it, and retrying the match of the scale.
4074 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
4075 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
4076 if (AddrMode.HasBaseReg)
4077 return false;
4078 AddrMode.HasBaseReg = true;
4079 AddrMode.BaseReg = AddrInst->getOperand(0);
4080 AddrMode.BaseOffs += ConstantOffset;
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004081 if (!matchScaledValue(AddrInst->getOperand(VariableOperand),
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004082 VariableScale, Depth)) {
4083 // If even that didn't work, bail.
4084 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
4085 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
4086 return false;
4087 }
4088 }
4089
4090 return true;
4091 }
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00004092 case Instruction::SExt:
4093 case Instruction::ZExt: {
4094 Instruction *Ext = dyn_cast<Instruction>(AddrInst);
4095 if (!Ext)
Sanjay Pateld3bbfa12014-07-16 22:40:28 +00004096 return false;
Sanjay Patelab60d042014-07-16 21:08:10 +00004097
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00004098 // Try to move this ext out of the way of the addressing mode.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004099 // Ask for a method for doing so.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00004100 TypePromotionHelper::Action TPH =
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00004101 TypePromotionHelper::getAction(Ext, InsertedInsts, TLI, PromotedInsts);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004102 if (!TPH)
4103 return false;
4104
4105 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
4106 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00004107 unsigned CreatedInstsCost = 0;
4108 unsigned ExtCost = !TLI.isExtFree(Ext);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004109 Value *PromotedOperand =
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00004110 TPH(Ext, TPT, PromotedInsts, CreatedInstsCost, nullptr, nullptr, TLI);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004111 // SExt has been moved away.
4112 // Thus either it will be rematched later in the recursive calls or it is
4113 // gone. Anyway, we must not fold it into the addressing mode at this point.
4114 // E.g.,
4115 // op = add opnd, 1
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00004116 // idx = ext op
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004117 // addr = gep base, idx
4118 // is now:
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00004119 // promotedOpnd = ext opnd <- no match here
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004120 // op = promoted_add promotedOpnd, 1 <- match (later in recursive calls)
4121 // addr = gep base, op <- match
4122 if (MovedAway)
4123 *MovedAway = true;
4124
4125 assert(PromotedOperand &&
4126 "TypePromotionHelper should have filtered out those cases");
4127
4128 ExtAddrMode BackupAddrMode = AddrMode;
4129 unsigned OldSize = AddrModeInsts.size();
4130
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004131 if (!matchAddr(PromotedOperand, Depth) ||
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00004132 // The total of the new cost is equal to the cost of the created
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00004133 // instructions.
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00004134 // The total of the old cost is equal to the cost of the extension plus
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00004135 // what we have saved in the addressing mode.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004136 !isPromotionProfitable(CreatedInstsCost,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00004137 ExtCost + (AddrModeInsts.size() - OldSize),
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00004138 PromotedOperand)) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004139 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
4140 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00004141 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Sign extension does not pay off: rollback\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004142 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
4143 return false;
4144 }
4145 return true;
4146 }
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004147 }
4148 return false;
4149}
4150
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004151/// If we can, try to add the value of 'Addr' into the current addressing mode.
4152/// If Addr can't be added to AddrMode this returns false and leaves AddrMode
4153/// unmodified. This assumes that Addr is either a pointer type or intptr_t
4154/// for the target.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004155///
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004156bool AddressingModeMatcher::matchAddr(Value *Addr, unsigned Depth) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004157 // Start a transaction at this point that we will rollback if the matching
4158 // fails.
4159 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
4160 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004161 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Addr)) {
4162 // Fold in immediates if legal for the target.
4163 AddrMode.BaseOffs += CI->getSExtValue();
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00004164 if (TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, AddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004165 return true;
4166 AddrMode.BaseOffs -= CI->getSExtValue();
4167 } else if (GlobalValue *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(Addr)) {
4168 // If this is a global variable, try to fold it into the addressing mode.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004169 if (!AddrMode.BaseGV) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004170 AddrMode.BaseGV = GV;
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00004171 if (TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, AddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004172 return true;
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004173 AddrMode.BaseGV = nullptr;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004174 }
4175 } else if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Addr)) {
4176 ExtAddrMode BackupAddrMode = AddrMode;
4177 unsigned OldSize = AddrModeInsts.size();
4178
4179 // Check to see if it is possible to fold this operation.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004180 bool MovedAway = false;
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004181 if (matchOperationAddr(I, I->getOpcode(), Depth, &MovedAway)) {
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00004182 // This instruction may have been moved away. If so, there is nothing
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004183 // to check here.
4184 if (MovedAway)
4185 return true;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004186 // Okay, it's possible to fold this. Check to see if it is actually
4187 // *profitable* to do so. We use a simple cost model to avoid increasing
4188 // register pressure too much.
4189 if (I->hasOneUse() ||
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004190 isProfitableToFoldIntoAddressingMode(I, BackupAddrMode, AddrMode)) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004191 AddrModeInsts.push_back(I);
4192 return true;
4193 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004194
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004195 // It isn't profitable to do this, roll back.
4196 //cerr << "NOT FOLDING: " << *I;
4197 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
4198 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004199 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004200 }
4201 } else if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Addr)) {
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004202 if (matchOperationAddr(CE, CE->getOpcode(), Depth))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004203 return true;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004204 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004205 } else if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Addr)) {
4206 // Null pointer gets folded without affecting the addressing mode.
4207 return true;
4208 }
4209
4210 // Worse case, the target should support [reg] addressing modes. :)
4211 if (!AddrMode.HasBaseReg) {
4212 AddrMode.HasBaseReg = true;
4213 AddrMode.BaseReg = Addr;
4214 // Still check for legality in case the target supports [imm] but not [i+r].
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00004215 if (TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, AddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004216 return true;
4217 AddrMode.HasBaseReg = false;
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004218 AddrMode.BaseReg = nullptr;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004219 }
4220
4221 // If the base register is already taken, see if we can do [r+r].
4222 if (AddrMode.Scale == 0) {
4223 AddrMode.Scale = 1;
4224 AddrMode.ScaledReg = Addr;
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00004225 if (TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, AddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004226 return true;
4227 AddrMode.Scale = 0;
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004228 AddrMode.ScaledReg = nullptr;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004229 }
4230 // Couldn't match.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004231 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004232 return false;
4233}
4234
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004235/// Check to see if all uses of OpVal by the specified inline asm call are due
4236/// to memory operands. If so, return true, otherwise return false.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004237static bool IsOperandAMemoryOperand(CallInst *CI, InlineAsm *IA, Value *OpVal,
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00004238 const TargetLowering &TLI,
4239 const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI) {
Sanjay Patel4137d512017-06-07 14:29:52 +00004240 const Function *F = CI->getFunction();
Eric Christopherd75c00c2015-02-26 22:38:34 +00004241 TargetLowering::AsmOperandInfoVector TargetConstraints =
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00004242 TLI.ParseConstraints(F->getParent()->getDataLayout(), &TRI,
Mehdi Amini8ac7a9d2015-07-07 19:07:19 +00004243 ImmutableCallSite(CI));
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00004244
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004245 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TargetConstraints.size(); i != e; ++i) {
4246 TargetLowering::AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo = TargetConstraints[i];
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004247
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004248 // Compute the constraint code and ConstraintType to use.
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00004249 TLI.ComputeConstraintToUse(OpInfo, SDValue());
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004250
4251 // If this asm operand is our Value*, and if it isn't an indirect memory
4252 // operand, we can't fold it!
4253 if (OpInfo.CallOperandVal == OpVal &&
4254 (OpInfo.ConstraintType != TargetLowering::C_Memory ||
4255 !OpInfo.isIndirect))
4256 return false;
4257 }
4258
4259 return true;
4260}
4261
Benjamin Kramerfc638c12017-07-24 16:18:09 +00004262// Max number of memory uses to look at before aborting the search to conserve
4263// compile time.
4264static constexpr int MaxMemoryUsesToScan = 20;
4265
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004266/// Recursively walk all the uses of I until we find a memory use.
4267/// If we find an obviously non-foldable instruction, return true.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004268/// Add the ultimately found memory instructions to MemoryUses.
Eric Christopher11e4df72015-02-26 22:38:43 +00004269static bool FindAllMemoryUses(
4270 Instruction *I,
4271 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Instruction *, unsigned>> &MemoryUses,
Benjamin Kramerfc638c12017-07-24 16:18:09 +00004272 SmallPtrSetImpl<Instruction *> &ConsideredInsts, const TargetLowering &TLI,
4273 const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI, int SeenInsts = 0) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004274 // If we already considered this instruction, we're done.
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00004275 if (!ConsideredInsts.insert(I).second)
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004276 return false;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004277
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004278 // If this is an obviously unfoldable instruction, bail out.
4279 if (!MightBeFoldableInst(I))
4280 return true;
4281
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00004282 const bool OptSize = I->getFunction()->optForSize();
4283
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004284 // Loop over all the uses, recursively processing them.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004285 for (Use &U : I->uses()) {
Benjamin Kramerfc638c12017-07-24 16:18:09 +00004286 // Conservatively return true if we're seeing a large number or a deep chain
4287 // of users. This avoids excessive compilation times in pathological cases.
4288 if (SeenInsts++ >= MaxMemoryUsesToScan)
4289 return true;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004290
Benjamin Kramerfc638c12017-07-24 16:18:09 +00004291 Instruction *UserI = cast<Instruction>(U.getUser());
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004292 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(UserI)) {
4293 MemoryUses.push_back(std::make_pair(LI, U.getOperandNo()));
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004294 continue;
4295 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004296
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004297 if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(UserI)) {
4298 unsigned opNo = U.getOperandNo();
Matt Arsenault02d915b2017-03-15 22:35:20 +00004299 if (opNo != StoreInst::getPointerOperandIndex())
4300 return true; // Storing addr, not into addr.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004301 MemoryUses.push_back(std::make_pair(SI, opNo));
4302 continue;
4303 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004304
Matt Arsenault02d915b2017-03-15 22:35:20 +00004305 if (AtomicRMWInst *RMW = dyn_cast<AtomicRMWInst>(UserI)) {
4306 unsigned opNo = U.getOperandNo();
4307 if (opNo != AtomicRMWInst::getPointerOperandIndex())
4308 return true; // Storing addr, not into addr.
4309 MemoryUses.push_back(std::make_pair(RMW, opNo));
4310 continue;
4311 }
4312
4313 if (AtomicCmpXchgInst *CmpX = dyn_cast<AtomicCmpXchgInst>(UserI)) {
4314 unsigned opNo = U.getOperandNo();
4315 if (opNo != AtomicCmpXchgInst::getPointerOperandIndex())
4316 return true; // Storing addr, not into addr.
4317 MemoryUses.push_back(std::make_pair(CmpX, opNo));
4318 continue;
4319 }
4320
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004321 if (CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(UserI)) {
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00004322 // If this is a cold call, we can sink the addressing calculation into
4323 // the cold path. See optimizeCallInst
4324 if (!OptSize && CI->hasFnAttr(Attribute::Cold))
4325 continue;
Junmo Park6098cbb2016-03-11 07:05:32 +00004326
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004327 InlineAsm *IA = dyn_cast<InlineAsm>(CI->getCalledValue());
4328 if (!IA) return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004329
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004330 // If this is a memory operand, we're cool, otherwise bail out.
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00004331 if (!IsOperandAMemoryOperand(CI, IA, I, TLI, TRI))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004332 return true;
4333 continue;
4334 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004335
Benjamin Kramerfc638c12017-07-24 16:18:09 +00004336 if (FindAllMemoryUses(UserI, MemoryUses, ConsideredInsts, TLI, TRI,
4337 SeenInsts))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004338 return true;
4339 }
4340
4341 return false;
4342}
4343
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00004344/// Return true if Val is already known to be live at the use site that we're
4345/// folding it into. If so, there is no cost to include it in the addressing
4346/// mode. KnownLive1 and KnownLive2 are two values that we know are live at the
4347/// instruction already.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004348bool AddressingModeMatcher::valueAlreadyLiveAtInst(Value *Val,Value *KnownLive1,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004349 Value *KnownLive2) {
4350 // If Val is either of the known-live values, we know it is live!
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004351 if (Val == nullptr || Val == KnownLive1 || Val == KnownLive2)
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004352 return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004353
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004354 // All values other than instructions and arguments (e.g. constants) are live.
4355 if (!isa<Instruction>(Val) && !isa<Argument>(Val)) return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004356
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004357 // If Val is a constant sized alloca in the entry block, it is live, this is
4358 // true because it is just a reference to the stack/frame pointer, which is
4359 // live for the whole function.
4360 if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(Val))
4361 if (AI->isStaticAlloca())
4362 return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004363
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004364 // Check to see if this value is already used in the memory instruction's
4365 // block. If so, it's already live into the block at the very least, so we
4366 // can reasonably fold it.
4367 return Val->isUsedInBasicBlock(MemoryInst->getParent());
4368}
4369
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004370/// It is possible for the addressing mode of the machine to fold the specified
4371/// instruction into a load or store that ultimately uses it.
4372/// However, the specified instruction has multiple uses.
4373/// Given this, it may actually increase register pressure to fold it
4374/// into the load. For example, consider this code:
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004375///
4376/// X = ...
4377/// Y = X+1
4378/// use(Y) -> nonload/store
4379/// Z = Y+1
4380/// load Z
4381///
4382/// In this case, Y has multiple uses, and can be folded into the load of Z
4383/// (yielding load [X+2]). However, doing this will cause both "X" and "X+1" to
4384/// be live at the use(Y) line. If we don't fold Y into load Z, we use one
4385/// fewer register. Since Y can't be folded into "use(Y)" we don't increase the
4386/// number of computations either.
4387///
4388/// Note that this (like most of CodeGenPrepare) is just a rough heuristic. If
4389/// X was live across 'load Z' for other reasons, we actually *would* want to
4390/// fold the addressing mode in the Z case. This would make Y die earlier.
4391bool AddressingModeMatcher::
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004392isProfitableToFoldIntoAddressingMode(Instruction *I, ExtAddrMode &AMBefore,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004393 ExtAddrMode &AMAfter) {
4394 if (IgnoreProfitability) return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004395
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004396 // AMBefore is the addressing mode before this instruction was folded into it,
4397 // and AMAfter is the addressing mode after the instruction was folded. Get
4398 // the set of registers referenced by AMAfter and subtract out those
4399 // referenced by AMBefore: this is the set of values which folding in this
4400 // address extends the lifetime of.
4401 //
4402 // Note that there are only two potential values being referenced here,
4403 // BaseReg and ScaleReg (global addresses are always available, as are any
4404 // folded immediates).
4405 Value *BaseReg = AMAfter.BaseReg, *ScaledReg = AMAfter.ScaledReg;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004406
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004407 // If the BaseReg or ScaledReg was referenced by the previous addrmode, their
4408 // lifetime wasn't extended by adding this instruction.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004409 if (valueAlreadyLiveAtInst(BaseReg, AMBefore.BaseReg, AMBefore.ScaledReg))
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004410 BaseReg = nullptr;
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004411 if (valueAlreadyLiveAtInst(ScaledReg, AMBefore.BaseReg, AMBefore.ScaledReg))
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004412 ScaledReg = nullptr;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004413
4414 // If folding this instruction (and it's subexprs) didn't extend any live
4415 // ranges, we're ok with it.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004416 if (!BaseReg && !ScaledReg)
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004417 return true;
4418
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00004419 // If all uses of this instruction can have the address mode sunk into them,
4420 // we can remove the addressing mode and effectively trade one live register
4421 // for another (at worst.) In this context, folding an addressing mode into
Junmo Park6098cbb2016-03-11 07:05:32 +00004422 // the use is just a particularly nice way of sinking it.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004423 SmallVector<std::pair<Instruction*,unsigned>, 16> MemoryUses;
4424 SmallPtrSet<Instruction*, 16> ConsideredInsts;
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00004425 if (FindAllMemoryUses(I, MemoryUses, ConsideredInsts, TLI, TRI))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004426 return false; // Has a non-memory, non-foldable use!
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004427
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004428 // Now that we know that all uses of this instruction are part of a chain of
4429 // computation involving only operations that could theoretically be folded
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00004430 // into a memory use, loop over each of these memory operation uses and see
4431 // if they could *actually* fold the instruction. The assumption is that
4432 // addressing modes are cheap and that duplicating the computation involved
4433 // many times is worthwhile, even on a fastpath. For sinking candidates
4434 // (i.e. cold call sites), this serves as a way to prevent excessive code
4435 // growth since most architectures have some reasonable small and fast way to
4436 // compute an effective address. (i.e LEA on x86)
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004437 SmallVector<Instruction*, 32> MatchedAddrModeInsts;
4438 for (unsigned i = 0, e = MemoryUses.size(); i != e; ++i) {
4439 Instruction *User = MemoryUses[i].first;
4440 unsigned OpNo = MemoryUses[i].second;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004441
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004442 // Get the access type of this use. If the use isn't a pointer, we don't
4443 // know what it accesses.
4444 Value *Address = User->getOperand(OpNo);
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00004445 PointerType *AddrTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Address->getType());
4446 if (!AddrTy)
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004447 return false;
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00004448 Type *AddressAccessTy = AddrTy->getElementType();
4449 unsigned AS = AddrTy->getAddressSpace();
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004450
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004451 // Do a match against the root of this address, ignoring profitability. This
4452 // will tell us if the addressing mode for the memory operation will
4453 // *actually* cover the shared instruction.
4454 ExtAddrMode Result;
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00004455 std::pair<AssertingVH<GetElementPtrInst>, int64_t> LargeOffsetGEP(nullptr,
4456 0);
Quentin Colombet5a69dda2014-02-11 01:59:02 +00004457 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
4458 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00004459 AddressingModeMatcher Matcher(
4460 MatchedAddrModeInsts, TLI, TRI, AddressAccessTy, AS, MemoryInst, Result,
4461 InsertedInsts, PromotedInsts, TPT, LargeOffsetGEP);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004462 Matcher.IgnoreProfitability = true;
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004463 bool Success = Matcher.matchAddr(Address, 0);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004464 (void)Success; assert(Success && "Couldn't select *anything*?");
4465
Quentin Colombet5a69dda2014-02-11 01:59:02 +00004466 // The match was to check the profitability, the changes made are not
4467 // part of the original matcher. Therefore, they should be dropped
4468 // otherwise the original matcher will not present the right state.
4469 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
4470
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004471 // If the match didn't cover I, then it won't be shared by it.
David Majnemer0d955d02016-08-11 22:21:41 +00004472 if (!is_contained(MatchedAddrModeInsts, I))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004473 return false;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004474
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004475 MatchedAddrModeInsts.clear();
4476 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004477
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004478 return true;
4479}
4480
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004481/// Return true if the specified values are defined in a
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004482/// different basic block than BB.
4483static bool IsNonLocalValue(Value *V, BasicBlock *BB) {
4484 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V))
4485 return I->getParent() != BB;
4486 return false;
4487}
4488
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00004489/// Sink addressing mode computation immediate before MemoryInst if doing so
4490/// can be done without increasing register pressure. The need for the
4491/// register pressure constraint means this can end up being an all or nothing
4492/// decision for all uses of the same addressing computation.
4493///
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004494/// Load and Store Instructions often have addressing modes that can do
4495/// significant amounts of computation. As such, instruction selection will try
4496/// to get the load or store to do as much computation as possible for the
4497/// program. The problem is that isel can only see within a single block. As
4498/// such, we sink as much legal addressing mode work into the block as possible.
Chris Lattner728f9022008-11-25 07:09:13 +00004499///
4500/// This method is used to optimize both load/store and inline asms with memory
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00004501/// operands. It's also used to sink addressing computations feeding into cold
4502/// call sites into their (cold) basic block.
4503///
4504/// The motivation for handling sinking into cold blocks is that doing so can
4505/// both enable other address mode sinking (by satisfying the register pressure
4506/// constraint above), and reduce register pressure globally (by removing the
4507/// addressing mode computation from the fast path entirely.).
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004508bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeMemoryInst(Instruction *MemoryInst, Value *Addr,
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00004509 Type *AccessTy, unsigned AddrSpace) {
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00004510 Value *Repl = Addr;
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004511
4512 // Try to collapse single-value PHI nodes. This is necessary to undo
Owen Andersondfb8c3b2010-11-19 22:15:03 +00004513 // unprofitable PRE transformations.
Cameron Zwarich43cecb12011-01-03 06:33:01 +00004514 SmallVector<Value*, 8> worklist;
4515 SmallPtrSet<Value*, 16> Visited;
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00004516 worklist.push_back(Addr);
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004517
John Brawneb83c752017-10-03 13:04:15 +00004518 // Use a worklist to iteratively look through PHI and select nodes, and
4519 // ensure that the addressing mode obtained from the non-PHI/select roots of
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00004520 // the graph are compatible.
John Brawneb83c752017-10-03 13:04:15 +00004521 bool PhiOrSelectSeen = false;
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00004522 SmallVector<Instruction*, 16> AddrModeInsts;
Serguei Katkovaee63752017-11-05 07:59:02 +00004523 const SimplifyQuery SQ(*DL, TLInfo);
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00004524 AddressingModeCombiner AddrModes(SQ, Addr);
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00004525 TypePromotionTransaction TPT(RemovedInsts);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004526 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
4527 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00004528 while (!worklist.empty()) {
4529 Value *V = worklist.back();
4530 worklist.pop_back();
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004531
Serguei Katkov4ea855e2017-07-19 04:49:17 +00004532 // We allow traversing cyclic Phi nodes.
4533 // In case of success after this loop we ensure that traversing through
4534 // Phi nodes ends up with all cases to compute address of the form
4535 // BaseGV + Base + Scale * Index + Offset
4536 // where Scale and Offset are constans and BaseGV, Base and Index
4537 // are exactly the same Values in all cases.
4538 // It means that BaseGV, Scale and Offset dominate our memory instruction
4539 // and have the same value as they had in address computation represented
4540 // as Phi. So we can safely sink address computation to memory instruction.
4541 if (!Visited.insert(V).second)
4542 continue;
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004543
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00004544 // For a PHI node, push all of its incoming values.
4545 if (PHINode *P = dyn_cast<PHINode>(V)) {
Pete Cooper833f34d2015-05-12 20:05:31 +00004546 for (Value *IncValue : P->incoming_values())
4547 worklist.push_back(IncValue);
John Brawneb83c752017-10-03 13:04:15 +00004548 PhiOrSelectSeen = true;
4549 continue;
4550 }
4551 // Similar for select.
4552 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V)) {
4553 worklist.push_back(SI->getFalseValue());
4554 worklist.push_back(SI->getTrueValue());
4555 PhiOrSelectSeen = true;
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00004556 continue;
4557 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004558
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00004559 // For non-PHIs, determine the addressing mode being computed. Note that
4560 // the result may differ depending on what other uses our candidate
4561 // addressing instructions might have.
Serguei Katkova6fba3d2017-07-18 05:16:38 +00004562 AddrModeInsts.clear();
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00004563 std::pair<AssertingVH<GetElementPtrInst>, int64_t> LargeOffsetGEP(nullptr,
4564 0);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004565 ExtAddrMode NewAddrMode = AddressingModeMatcher::Match(
Serguei Katkova6fba3d2017-07-18 05:16:38 +00004566 V, AccessTy, AddrSpace, MemoryInst, AddrModeInsts, *TLI, *TRI,
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00004567 InsertedInsts, PromotedInsts, TPT, LargeOffsetGEP);
Cameron Zwarich13c885d2011-03-05 08:12:26 +00004568
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00004569 GetElementPtrInst *GEP = LargeOffsetGEP.first;
4570 if (GEP && GEP->getParent() != MemoryInst->getParent() &&
4571 !NewGEPBases.count(GEP)) {
4572 // If splitting the underlying data structure can reduce the offset of a
4573 // GEP, collect the GEP. Skip the GEPs that are the new bases of
4574 // previously split data structures.
4575 LargeOffsetGEPMap[GEP->getPointerOperand()].push_back(LargeOffsetGEP);
4576 if (LargeOffsetGEPID.find(GEP) == LargeOffsetGEPID.end())
4577 LargeOffsetGEPID[GEP] = LargeOffsetGEPID.size();
4578 }
4579
4580 NewAddrMode.OriginalValue = V;
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00004581 if (!AddrModes.addNewAddrMode(NewAddrMode))
4582 break;
Owen Andersondfb8c3b2010-11-19 22:15:03 +00004583 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004584
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00004585 // Try to combine the AddrModes we've collected. If we couldn't collect any,
4586 // or we have multiple but either couldn't combine them or combining them
4587 // wouldn't do anything useful, bail out now.
4588 if (!AddrModes.combineAddrModes()) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004589 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
4590 return false;
4591 }
4592 TPT.commit();
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004593
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00004594 // Get the combined AddrMode (or the only AddrMode, if we only had one).
4595 ExtAddrMode AddrMode = AddrModes.getAddrMode();
4596
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004597 // If all the instructions matched are already in this BB, don't do anything.
John Brawneb83c752017-10-03 13:04:15 +00004598 // If we saw a Phi node then it is not local definitely, and if we saw a select
4599 // then we want to push the address calculation past it even if it's already
4600 // in this BB.
4601 if (!PhiOrSelectSeen && none_of(AddrModeInsts, [&](Value *V) {
Justin Lebar838c7f52016-11-21 22:49:11 +00004602 return IsNonLocalValue(V, MemoryInst->getParent());
Serguei Katkov0b7b59a2017-07-11 06:24:44 +00004603 })) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00004604 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "CGP: Found local addrmode: " << AddrMode
4605 << "\n");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004606 return false;
4607 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00004608
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004609 // Insert this computation right after this user. Since our caller is
4610 // scanning from the top of the BB to the bottom, reuse of the expr are
4611 // guaranteed to happen later.
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004612 IRBuilder<> Builder(MemoryInst);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00004613
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004614 // Now that we determined the addressing expression we want to use and know
4615 // that we have to sink it into this block. Check to see if we have already
Simon Dardis230f4532017-11-24 16:45:28 +00004616 // done this for some other load/store instr in this block. If so, reuse
4617 // the computation. Before attempting reuse, check if the address is valid
4618 // as it may have been erased.
4619
4620 WeakTrackingVH SunkAddrVH = SunkAddrs[Addr];
4621
4622 Value * SunkAddr = SunkAddrVH.pointsToAliveValue() ? SunkAddrVH : nullptr;
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004623 if (SunkAddr) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00004624 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "CGP: Reusing nonlocal addrmode: " << AddrMode
4625 << " for " << *MemoryInst << "\n");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004626 if (SunkAddr->getType() != Addr->getType())
Eli Friedmanc12a5a72017-02-24 20:51:36 +00004627 SunkAddr = Builder.CreatePointerCast(SunkAddr, Addr->getType());
Eric Christopherfccff372015-01-27 01:01:38 +00004628 } else if (AddrSinkUsingGEPs ||
David Blaikie8ad9a972018-03-28 22:28:50 +00004629 (!AddrSinkUsingGEPs.getNumOccurrences() && TM && TTI->useAA())) {
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004630 // By default, we use the GEP-based method when AA is used later. This
4631 // prevents new inttoptr/ptrtoint pairs from degrading AA capabilities.
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00004632 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "CGP: SINKING nonlocal addrmode: " << AddrMode
4633 << " for " << *MemoryInst << "\n");
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00004634 Type *IntPtrTy = DL->getIntPtrType(Addr->getType());
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004635 Value *ResultPtr = nullptr, *ResultIndex = nullptr;
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004636
4637 // First, find the pointer.
4638 if (AddrMode.BaseReg && AddrMode.BaseReg->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
4639 ResultPtr = AddrMode.BaseReg;
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004640 AddrMode.BaseReg = nullptr;
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004641 }
4642
4643 if (AddrMode.Scale && AddrMode.ScaledReg->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
4644 // We can't add more than one pointer together, nor can we scale a
4645 // pointer (both of which seem meaningless).
4646 if (ResultPtr || AddrMode.Scale != 1)
4647 return false;
4648
4649 ResultPtr = AddrMode.ScaledReg;
4650 AddrMode.Scale = 0;
4651 }
4652
Eli Friedman6f7c9ad2017-07-12 23:30:02 +00004653 // It is only safe to sign extend the BaseReg if we know that the math
4654 // required to create it did not overflow before we extend it. Since
4655 // the original IR value was tossed in favor of a constant back when
4656 // the AddrMode was created we need to bail out gracefully if widths
4657 // do not match instead of extending it.
4658 //
4659 // (See below for code to add the scale.)
4660 if (AddrMode.Scale) {
4661 Type *ScaledRegTy = AddrMode.ScaledReg->getType();
4662 if (cast<IntegerType>(IntPtrTy)->getBitWidth() >
4663 cast<IntegerType>(ScaledRegTy)->getBitWidth())
4664 return false;
4665 }
4666
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004667 if (AddrMode.BaseGV) {
4668 if (ResultPtr)
4669 return false;
4670
4671 ResultPtr = AddrMode.BaseGV;
4672 }
4673
4674 // If the real base value actually came from an inttoptr, then the matcher
4675 // will look through it and provide only the integer value. In that case,
4676 // use it here.
Keno Fischer05e4ac22017-06-29 20:28:59 +00004677 if (!DL->isNonIntegralPointerType(Addr->getType())) {
4678 if (!ResultPtr && AddrMode.BaseReg) {
David L. Jonesd81f2302019-01-31 03:28:46 +00004679 ResultPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrMode.BaseReg, Addr->getType(),
4680 "sunkaddr");
Keno Fischer05e4ac22017-06-29 20:28:59 +00004681 AddrMode.BaseReg = nullptr;
4682 } else if (!ResultPtr && AddrMode.Scale == 1) {
David L. Jonesd81f2302019-01-31 03:28:46 +00004683 ResultPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrMode.ScaledReg, Addr->getType(),
4684 "sunkaddr");
Keno Fischer05e4ac22017-06-29 20:28:59 +00004685 AddrMode.Scale = 0;
4686 }
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004687 }
4688
4689 if (!ResultPtr &&
4690 !AddrMode.BaseReg && !AddrMode.Scale && !AddrMode.BaseOffs) {
4691 SunkAddr = Constant::getNullValue(Addr->getType());
4692 } else if (!ResultPtr) {
4693 return false;
4694 } else {
4695 Type *I8PtrTy =
David Blaikie3909da72015-03-30 20:42:56 +00004696 Builder.getInt8PtrTy(Addr->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace());
4697 Type *I8Ty = Builder.getInt8Ty();
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004698
4699 // Start with the base register. Do this first so that subsequent address
4700 // matching finds it last, which will prevent it from trying to match it
4701 // as the scaled value in case it happens to be a mul. That would be
4702 // problematic if we've sunk a different mul for the scale, because then
4703 // we'd end up sinking both muls.
4704 if (AddrMode.BaseReg) {
4705 Value *V = AddrMode.BaseReg;
4706 if (V->getType() != IntPtrTy)
4707 V = Builder.CreateIntCast(V, IntPtrTy, /*isSigned=*/true, "sunkaddr");
4708
4709 ResultIndex = V;
4710 }
4711
4712 // Add the scale value.
4713 if (AddrMode.Scale) {
4714 Value *V = AddrMode.ScaledReg;
4715 if (V->getType() == IntPtrTy) {
4716 // done.
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004717 } else {
Eli Friedman6f7c9ad2017-07-12 23:30:02 +00004718 assert(cast<IntegerType>(IntPtrTy)->getBitWidth() <
4719 cast<IntegerType>(V->getType())->getBitWidth() &&
4720 "We can't transform if ScaledReg is too narrow");
4721 V = Builder.CreateTrunc(V, IntPtrTy, "sunkaddr");
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004722 }
4723
4724 if (AddrMode.Scale != 1)
4725 V = Builder.CreateMul(V, ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, AddrMode.Scale),
4726 "sunkaddr");
4727 if (ResultIndex)
4728 ResultIndex = Builder.CreateAdd(ResultIndex, V, "sunkaddr");
4729 else
4730 ResultIndex = V;
4731 }
4732
4733 // Add in the Base Offset if present.
4734 if (AddrMode.BaseOffs) {
4735 Value *V = ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, AddrMode.BaseOffs);
4736 if (ResultIndex) {
NAKAMURA Takumif51a34e2014-10-29 15:23:11 +00004737 // We need to add this separately from the scale above to help with
4738 // SDAG consecutive load/store merging.
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004739 if (ResultPtr->getType() != I8PtrTy)
Eli Friedmanc12a5a72017-02-24 20:51:36 +00004740 ResultPtr = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ResultPtr, I8PtrTy);
David Blaikie3909da72015-03-30 20:42:56 +00004741 ResultPtr = Builder.CreateGEP(I8Ty, ResultPtr, ResultIndex, "sunkaddr");
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004742 }
4743
4744 ResultIndex = V;
4745 }
4746
4747 if (!ResultIndex) {
4748 SunkAddr = ResultPtr;
4749 } else {
4750 if (ResultPtr->getType() != I8PtrTy)
Eli Friedmanc12a5a72017-02-24 20:51:36 +00004751 ResultPtr = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ResultPtr, I8PtrTy);
David Blaikie3909da72015-03-30 20:42:56 +00004752 SunkAddr = Builder.CreateGEP(I8Ty, ResultPtr, ResultIndex, "sunkaddr");
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004753 }
4754
4755 if (SunkAddr->getType() != Addr->getType())
Eli Friedmanc12a5a72017-02-24 20:51:36 +00004756 SunkAddr = Builder.CreatePointerCast(SunkAddr, Addr->getType());
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004757 }
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004758 } else {
Keno Fischer05e4ac22017-06-29 20:28:59 +00004759 // We'd require a ptrtoint/inttoptr down the line, which we can't do for
4760 // non-integral pointers, so in that case bail out now.
4761 Type *BaseTy = AddrMode.BaseReg ? AddrMode.BaseReg->getType() : nullptr;
4762 Type *ScaleTy = AddrMode.Scale ? AddrMode.ScaledReg->getType() : nullptr;
4763 PointerType *BasePtrTy = dyn_cast_or_null<PointerType>(BaseTy);
4764 PointerType *ScalePtrTy = dyn_cast_or_null<PointerType>(ScaleTy);
4765 if (DL->isNonIntegralPointerType(Addr->getType()) ||
4766 (BasePtrTy && DL->isNonIntegralPointerType(BasePtrTy)) ||
4767 (ScalePtrTy && DL->isNonIntegralPointerType(ScalePtrTy)) ||
4768 (AddrMode.BaseGV &&
4769 DL->isNonIntegralPointerType(AddrMode.BaseGV->getType())))
4770 return false;
4771
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00004772 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "CGP: SINKING nonlocal addrmode: " << AddrMode
4773 << " for " << *MemoryInst << "\n");
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00004774 Type *IntPtrTy = DL->getIntPtrType(Addr->getType());
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004775 Value *Result = nullptr;
Dan Gohmanca194452010-01-19 22:45:06 +00004776
4777 // Start with the base register. Do this first so that subsequent address
4778 // matching finds it last, which will prevent it from trying to match it
4779 // as the scaled value in case it happens to be a mul. That would be
4780 // problematic if we've sunk a different mul for the scale, because then
4781 // we'd end up sinking both muls.
4782 if (AddrMode.BaseReg) {
4783 Value *V = AddrMode.BaseReg;
Duncan Sands19d0b472010-02-16 11:11:14 +00004784 if (V->getType()->isPointerTy())
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004785 V = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(V, IntPtrTy, "sunkaddr");
Dan Gohmanca194452010-01-19 22:45:06 +00004786 if (V->getType() != IntPtrTy)
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004787 V = Builder.CreateIntCast(V, IntPtrTy, /*isSigned=*/true, "sunkaddr");
Dan Gohmanca194452010-01-19 22:45:06 +00004788 Result = V;
4789 }
4790
4791 // Add the scale value.
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004792 if (AddrMode.Scale) {
4793 Value *V = AddrMode.ScaledReg;
4794 if (V->getType() == IntPtrTy) {
4795 // done.
Duncan Sands19d0b472010-02-16 11:11:14 +00004796 } else if (V->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004797 V = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(V, IntPtrTy, "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004798 } else if (cast<IntegerType>(IntPtrTy)->getBitWidth() <
4799 cast<IntegerType>(V->getType())->getBitWidth()) {
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004800 V = Builder.CreateTrunc(V, IntPtrTy, "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004801 } else {
Jim Grosbached2cd392014-03-26 17:27:01 +00004802 // It is only safe to sign extend the BaseReg if we know that the math
4803 // required to create it did not overflow before we extend it. Since
4804 // the original IR value was tossed in favor of a constant back when
4805 // the AddrMode was created we need to bail out gracefully if widths
4806 // do not match instead of extending it.
Joey Gouly12a8bf02014-05-13 15:42:45 +00004807 Instruction *I = dyn_cast_or_null<Instruction>(Result);
Jim Grosbach83b44e12014-04-10 00:27:45 +00004808 if (I && (Result != AddrMode.BaseReg))
4809 I->eraseFromParent();
Jim Grosbached2cd392014-03-26 17:27:01 +00004810 return false;
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004811 }
4812 if (AddrMode.Scale != 1)
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004813 V = Builder.CreateMul(V, ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, AddrMode.Scale),
4814 "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004815 if (Result)
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004816 Result = Builder.CreateAdd(Result, V, "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004817 else
4818 Result = V;
4819 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00004820
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004821 // Add in the BaseGV if present.
4822 if (AddrMode.BaseGV) {
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004823 Value *V = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(AddrMode.BaseGV, IntPtrTy, "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004824 if (Result)
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004825 Result = Builder.CreateAdd(Result, V, "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004826 else
4827 Result = V;
4828 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00004829
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004830 // Add in the Base Offset if present.
4831 if (AddrMode.BaseOffs) {
Owen Andersonedb4a702009-07-24 23:12:02 +00004832 Value *V = ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, AddrMode.BaseOffs);
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004833 if (Result)
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004834 Result = Builder.CreateAdd(Result, V, "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004835 else
4836 Result = V;
4837 }
4838
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004839 if (!Result)
Owen Anderson5a1acd92009-07-31 20:28:14 +00004840 SunkAddr = Constant::getNullValue(Addr->getType());
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004841 else
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004842 SunkAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Result, Addr->getType(), "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004843 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00004844
Owen Andersondfb8c3b2010-11-19 22:15:03 +00004845 MemoryInst->replaceUsesOfWith(Repl, SunkAddr);
Simon Dardis230f4532017-11-24 16:45:28 +00004846 // Store the newly computed address into the cache. In the case we reused a
4847 // value, this should be idempotent.
4848 SunkAddrs[Addr] = WeakTrackingVH(SunkAddr);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00004849
Chris Lattneraf1bcce2011-04-09 07:05:44 +00004850 // If we have no uses, recursively delete the value and all dead instructions
4851 // using it.
Owen Andersondfb8c3b2010-11-19 22:15:03 +00004852 if (Repl->use_empty()) {
Chris Lattneraf1bcce2011-04-09 07:05:44 +00004853 // This can cause recursive deletion, which can invalidate our iterator.
Sanjoy Dase6bca0e2017-05-01 17:07:49 +00004854 // Use a WeakTrackingVH to hold onto it in case this happens.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith7b269642016-02-21 19:37:45 +00004855 Value *CurValue = &*CurInstIterator;
Sanjoy Dase6bca0e2017-05-01 17:07:49 +00004856 WeakTrackingVH IterHandle(CurValue);
Chris Lattneraf1bcce2011-04-09 07:05:44 +00004857 BasicBlock *BB = CurInstIterator->getParent();
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004858
Benjamin Kramer8bcc9712012-08-29 15:32:21 +00004859 RecursivelyDeleteTriviallyDeadInstructions(Repl, TLInfo);
Chris Lattneraf1bcce2011-04-09 07:05:44 +00004860
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith7b269642016-02-21 19:37:45 +00004861 if (IterHandle != CurValue) {
Chris Lattneraf1bcce2011-04-09 07:05:44 +00004862 // If the iterator instruction was recursively deleted, start over at the
4863 // start of the block.
4864 CurInstIterator = BB->begin();
4865 SunkAddrs.clear();
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004866 }
Dale Johannesenb67a6e662010-03-31 20:37:15 +00004867 }
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +00004868 ++NumMemoryInsts;
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004869 return true;
4870}
4871
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004872/// If there are any memory operands, use OptimizeMemoryInst to sink their
4873/// address computing into the block when possible / profitable.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004874bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeInlineAsmInst(CallInst *CS) {
Evan Cheng1da25002008-02-26 02:42:37 +00004875 bool MadeChange = false;
Evan Cheng1da25002008-02-26 02:42:37 +00004876
Eric Christopher11e4df72015-02-26 22:38:43 +00004877 const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI =
Sanjay Patel4137d512017-06-07 14:29:52 +00004878 TM->getSubtargetImpl(*CS->getFunction())->getRegisterInfo();
Mehdi Amini8ac7a9d2015-07-07 19:07:19 +00004879 TargetLowering::AsmOperandInfoVector TargetConstraints =
4880 TLI->ParseConstraints(*DL, TRI, CS);
Dale Johannesenf95f59a2010-09-16 18:30:55 +00004881 unsigned ArgNo = 0;
John Thompson1094c802010-09-13 18:15:37 +00004882 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TargetConstraints.size(); i != e; ++i) {
4883 TargetLowering::AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo = TargetConstraints[i];
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004884
Evan Cheng1da25002008-02-26 02:42:37 +00004885 // Compute the constraint code and ConstraintType to use.
Dale Johannesence97d552010-06-25 21:55:36 +00004886 TLI->ComputeConstraintToUse(OpInfo, SDValue());
Evan Cheng1da25002008-02-26 02:42:37 +00004887
Eli Friedman666bbe32008-02-26 18:37:49 +00004888 if (OpInfo.ConstraintType == TargetLowering::C_Memory &&
4889 OpInfo.isIndirect) {
Chris Lattner7a277142011-01-15 07:14:54 +00004890 Value *OpVal = CS->getArgOperand(ArgNo++);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004891 MadeChange |= optimizeMemoryInst(CS, OpVal, OpVal->getType(), ~0u);
Dale Johannesenf95f59a2010-09-16 18:30:55 +00004892 } else if (OpInfo.Type == InlineAsm::isInput)
4893 ArgNo++;
Evan Cheng1da25002008-02-26 02:42:37 +00004894 }
4895
4896 return MadeChange;
4897}
4898
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00004899/// Check if all the uses of \p Val are equivalent (or free) zero or
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004900/// sign extensions.
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004901static bool hasSameExtUse(Value *Val, const TargetLowering &TLI) {
4902 assert(!Val->use_empty() && "Input must have at least one use");
4903 const Instruction *FirstUser = cast<Instruction>(*Val->user_begin());
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004904 bool IsSExt = isa<SExtInst>(FirstUser);
4905 Type *ExtTy = FirstUser->getType();
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004906 for (const User *U : Val->users()) {
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004907 const Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(U);
4908 if ((IsSExt && !isa<SExtInst>(UI)) || (!IsSExt && !isa<ZExtInst>(UI)))
4909 return false;
4910 Type *CurTy = UI->getType();
4911 // Same input and output types: Same instruction after CSE.
4912 if (CurTy == ExtTy)
4913 continue;
4914
4915 // If IsSExt is true, we are in this situation:
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004916 // a = Val
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004917 // b = sext ty1 a to ty2
4918 // c = sext ty1 a to ty3
4919 // Assuming ty2 is shorter than ty3, this could be turned into:
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004920 // a = Val
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004921 // b = sext ty1 a to ty2
4922 // c = sext ty2 b to ty3
4923 // However, the last sext is not free.
4924 if (IsSExt)
4925 return false;
4926
4927 // This is a ZExt, maybe this is free to extend from one type to another.
4928 // In that case, we would not account for a different use.
4929 Type *NarrowTy;
4930 Type *LargeTy;
4931 if (ExtTy->getScalarType()->getIntegerBitWidth() >
4932 CurTy->getScalarType()->getIntegerBitWidth()) {
4933 NarrowTy = CurTy;
4934 LargeTy = ExtTy;
4935 } else {
4936 NarrowTy = ExtTy;
4937 LargeTy = CurTy;
4938 }
4939
4940 if (!TLI.isZExtFree(NarrowTy, LargeTy))
4941 return false;
4942 }
4943 // All uses are the same or can be derived from one another for free.
4944 return true;
4945}
4946
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00004947/// Try to speculatively promote extensions in \p Exts and continue
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004948/// promoting through newly promoted operands recursively as far as doing so is
4949/// profitable. Save extensions profitably moved up, in \p ProfitablyMovedExts.
4950/// When some promotion happened, \p TPT contains the proper state to revert
4951/// them.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004952///
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004953/// \return true if some promotion happened, false otherwise.
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004954bool CodeGenPrepare::tryToPromoteExts(
4955 TypePromotionTransaction &TPT, const SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Exts,
4956 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &ProfitablyMovedExts,
4957 unsigned CreatedInstsCost) {
4958 bool Promoted = false;
4959
4960 // Iterate over all the extensions to try to promote them.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004961 for (auto I : Exts) {
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004962 // Early check if we directly have ext(load).
4963 if (isa<LoadInst>(I->getOperand(0))) {
4964 ProfitablyMovedExts.push_back(I);
4965 continue;
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004966 }
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004967
4968 // Check whether or not we want to do any promotion. The reason we have
4969 // this check inside the for loop is to catch the case where an extension
4970 // is directly fed by a load because in such case the extension can be moved
4971 // up without any promotion on its operands.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004972 if (!TLI || !TLI->enableExtLdPromotion() || DisableExtLdPromotion)
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004973 return false;
4974
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004975 // Get the action to perform the promotion.
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004976 TypePromotionHelper::Action TPH =
4977 TypePromotionHelper::getAction(I, InsertedInsts, *TLI, PromotedInsts);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004978 // Check if we can promote.
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004979 if (!TPH) {
4980 // Save the current extension as we cannot move up through its operand.
4981 ProfitablyMovedExts.push_back(I);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004982 continue;
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004983 }
4984
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004985 // Save the current state.
4986 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
4987 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
4988 SmallVector<Instruction *, 4> NewExts;
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00004989 unsigned NewCreatedInstsCost = 0;
4990 unsigned ExtCost = !TLI->isExtFree(I);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004991 // Promote.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00004992 Value *PromotedVal = TPH(I, TPT, PromotedInsts, NewCreatedInstsCost,
4993 &NewExts, nullptr, *TLI);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004994 assert(PromotedVal &&
4995 "TypePromotionHelper should have filtered out those cases");
4996
4997 // We would be able to merge only one extension in a load.
4998 // Therefore, if we have more than 1 new extension we heuristically
4999 // cut this search path, because it means we degrade the code quality.
5000 // With exactly 2, the transformation is neutral, because we will merge
5001 // one extension but leave one. However, we optimistically keep going,
5002 // because the new extension may be removed too.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00005003 long long TotalCreatedInstsCost = CreatedInstsCost + NewCreatedInstsCost;
Jun Bum Limb99a06b2017-01-27 17:16:37 +00005004 // FIXME: It would be possible to propagate a negative value instead of
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005005 // conservatively ceiling it to 0.
Jun Bum Limb99a06b2017-01-27 17:16:37 +00005006 TotalCreatedInstsCost =
5007 std::max((long long)0, (TotalCreatedInstsCost - ExtCost));
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005008 if (!StressExtLdPromotion &&
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00005009 (TotalCreatedInstsCost > 1 ||
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00005010 !isPromotedInstructionLegal(*TLI, *DL, PromotedVal))) {
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005011 // This promotion is not profitable, rollback to the previous state, and
5012 // save the current extension in ProfitablyMovedExts as the latest
5013 // speculative promotion turned out to be unprofitable.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005014 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005015 ProfitablyMovedExts.push_back(I);
5016 continue;
5017 }
5018 // Continue promoting NewExts as far as doing so is profitable.
5019 SmallVector<Instruction *, 2> NewlyMovedExts;
5020 (void)tryToPromoteExts(TPT, NewExts, NewlyMovedExts, TotalCreatedInstsCost);
5021 bool NewPromoted = false;
5022 for (auto ExtInst : NewlyMovedExts) {
5023 Instruction *MovedExt = cast<Instruction>(ExtInst);
5024 Value *ExtOperand = MovedExt->getOperand(0);
5025 // If we have reached to a load, we need this extra profitability check
5026 // as it could potentially be merged into an ext(load).
5027 if (isa<LoadInst>(ExtOperand) &&
5028 !(StressExtLdPromotion || NewCreatedInstsCost <= ExtCost ||
5029 (ExtOperand->hasOneUse() || hasSameExtUse(ExtOperand, *TLI))))
5030 continue;
5031
5032 ProfitablyMovedExts.push_back(MovedExt);
5033 NewPromoted = true;
5034 }
5035
5036 // If none of speculative promotions for NewExts is profitable, rollback
5037 // and save the current extension (I) as the last profitable extension.
5038 if (!NewPromoted) {
5039 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
5040 ProfitablyMovedExts.push_back(I);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005041 continue;
5042 }
5043 // The promotion is profitable.
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005044 Promoted = true;
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005045 }
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005046 return Promoted;
5047}
5048
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00005049/// Merging redundant sexts when one is dominating the other.
5050bool CodeGenPrepare::mergeSExts(Function &F) {
5051 DominatorTree DT(F);
5052 bool Changed = false;
5053 for (auto &Entry : ValToSExtendedUses) {
5054 SExts &Insts = Entry.second;
5055 SExts CurPts;
5056 for (Instruction *Inst : Insts) {
5057 if (RemovedInsts.count(Inst) || !isa<SExtInst>(Inst) ||
5058 Inst->getOperand(0) != Entry.first)
5059 continue;
5060 bool inserted = false;
5061 for (auto &Pt : CurPts) {
5062 if (DT.dominates(Inst, Pt)) {
5063 Pt->replaceAllUsesWith(Inst);
5064 RemovedInsts.insert(Pt);
5065 Pt->removeFromParent();
5066 Pt = Inst;
5067 inserted = true;
5068 Changed = true;
5069 break;
5070 }
5071 if (!DT.dominates(Pt, Inst))
5072 // Give up if we need to merge in a common dominator as the
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00005073 // experiments show it is not profitable.
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00005074 continue;
5075 Inst->replaceAllUsesWith(Pt);
5076 RemovedInsts.insert(Inst);
5077 Inst->removeFromParent();
5078 inserted = true;
5079 Changed = true;
5080 break;
5081 }
5082 if (!inserted)
5083 CurPts.push_back(Inst);
5084 }
5085 }
5086 return Changed;
5087}
5088
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00005089// Spliting large data structures so that the GEPs accessing them can have
5090// smaller offsets so that they can be sunk to the same blocks as their users.
5091// For example, a large struct starting from %base is splitted into two parts
5092// where the second part starts from %new_base.
5093//
5094// Before:
5095// BB0:
5096// %base =
5097//
5098// BB1:
5099// %gep0 = gep %base, off0
5100// %gep1 = gep %base, off1
5101// %gep2 = gep %base, off2
5102//
5103// BB2:
5104// %load1 = load %gep0
5105// %load2 = load %gep1
5106// %load3 = load %gep2
5107//
5108// After:
5109// BB0:
5110// %base =
5111// %new_base = gep %base, off0
5112//
5113// BB1:
5114// %new_gep0 = %new_base
5115// %new_gep1 = gep %new_base, off1 - off0
5116// %new_gep2 = gep %new_base, off2 - off0
5117//
5118// BB2:
5119// %load1 = load i32, i32* %new_gep0
5120// %load2 = load i32, i32* %new_gep1
5121// %load3 = load i32, i32* %new_gep2
5122//
5123// %new_gep1 and %new_gep2 can be sunk to BB2 now after the splitting because
5124// their offsets are smaller enough to fit into the addressing mode.
5125bool CodeGenPrepare::splitLargeGEPOffsets() {
5126 bool Changed = false;
5127 for (auto &Entry : LargeOffsetGEPMap) {
5128 Value *OldBase = Entry.first;
5129 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<AssertingVH<GetElementPtrInst>, int64_t>>
5130 &LargeOffsetGEPs = Entry.second;
5131 auto compareGEPOffset =
5132 [&](const std::pair<GetElementPtrInst *, int64_t> &LHS,
5133 const std::pair<GetElementPtrInst *, int64_t> &RHS) {
5134 if (LHS.first == RHS.first)
5135 return false;
5136 if (LHS.second != RHS.second)
5137 return LHS.second < RHS.second;
5138 return LargeOffsetGEPID[LHS.first] < LargeOffsetGEPID[RHS.first];
5139 };
5140 // Sorting all the GEPs of the same data structures based on the offsets.
Fangrui Song0cac7262018-09-27 02:13:45 +00005141 llvm::sort(LargeOffsetGEPs, compareGEPOffset);
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00005142 LargeOffsetGEPs.erase(
5143 std::unique(LargeOffsetGEPs.begin(), LargeOffsetGEPs.end()),
5144 LargeOffsetGEPs.end());
5145 // Skip if all the GEPs have the same offsets.
5146 if (LargeOffsetGEPs.front().second == LargeOffsetGEPs.back().second)
5147 continue;
5148 GetElementPtrInst *BaseGEP = LargeOffsetGEPs.begin()->first;
5149 int64_t BaseOffset = LargeOffsetGEPs.begin()->second;
5150 Value *NewBaseGEP = nullptr;
5151
5152 auto LargeOffsetGEP = LargeOffsetGEPs.begin();
5153 while (LargeOffsetGEP != LargeOffsetGEPs.end()) {
5154 GetElementPtrInst *GEP = LargeOffsetGEP->first;
5155 int64_t Offset = LargeOffsetGEP->second;
5156 if (Offset != BaseOffset) {
5157 TargetLowering::AddrMode AddrMode;
5158 AddrMode.BaseOffs = Offset - BaseOffset;
5159 // The result type of the GEP might not be the type of the memory
5160 // access.
5161 if (!TLI->isLegalAddressingMode(*DL, AddrMode,
5162 GEP->getResultElementType(),
5163 GEP->getAddressSpace())) {
5164 // We need to create a new base if the offset to the current base is
5165 // too large to fit into the addressing mode. So, a very large struct
5166 // may be splitted into several parts.
5167 BaseGEP = GEP;
5168 BaseOffset = Offset;
5169 NewBaseGEP = nullptr;
5170 }
5171 }
5172
5173 // Generate a new GEP to replace the current one.
Eli Friedmana69084f2018-12-19 22:52:04 +00005174 LLVMContext &Ctx = GEP->getContext();
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00005175 Type *IntPtrTy = DL->getIntPtrType(GEP->getType());
5176 Type *I8PtrTy =
Eli Friedmana69084f2018-12-19 22:52:04 +00005177 Type::getInt8PtrTy(Ctx, GEP->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace());
5178 Type *I8Ty = Type::getInt8Ty(Ctx);
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00005179
5180 if (!NewBaseGEP) {
5181 // Create a new base if we don't have one yet. Find the insertion
5182 // pointer for the new base first.
5183 BasicBlock::iterator NewBaseInsertPt;
5184 BasicBlock *NewBaseInsertBB;
5185 if (auto *BaseI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(OldBase)) {
5186 // If the base of the struct is an instruction, the new base will be
5187 // inserted close to it.
5188 NewBaseInsertBB = BaseI->getParent();
5189 if (isa<PHINode>(BaseI))
5190 NewBaseInsertPt = NewBaseInsertBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
5191 else if (InvokeInst *Invoke = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(BaseI)) {
5192 NewBaseInsertBB =
5193 SplitEdge(NewBaseInsertBB, Invoke->getNormalDest());
5194 NewBaseInsertPt = NewBaseInsertBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
5195 } else
5196 NewBaseInsertPt = std::next(BaseI->getIterator());
5197 } else {
5198 // If the current base is an argument or global value, the new base
5199 // will be inserted to the entry block.
5200 NewBaseInsertBB = &BaseGEP->getFunction()->getEntryBlock();
5201 NewBaseInsertPt = NewBaseInsertBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
5202 }
5203 IRBuilder<> NewBaseBuilder(NewBaseInsertBB, NewBaseInsertPt);
5204 // Create a new base.
5205 Value *BaseIndex = ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, BaseOffset);
5206 NewBaseGEP = OldBase;
5207 if (NewBaseGEP->getType() != I8PtrTy)
5208 NewBaseGEP = NewBaseBuilder.CreatePointerCast(NewBaseGEP, I8PtrTy);
5209 NewBaseGEP =
5210 NewBaseBuilder.CreateGEP(I8Ty, NewBaseGEP, BaseIndex, "splitgep");
5211 NewGEPBases.insert(NewBaseGEP);
5212 }
5213
Eli Friedmana69084f2018-12-19 22:52:04 +00005214 IRBuilder<> Builder(GEP);
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00005215 Value *NewGEP = NewBaseGEP;
5216 if (Offset == BaseOffset) {
5217 if (GEP->getType() != I8PtrTy)
5218 NewGEP = Builder.CreatePointerCast(NewGEP, GEP->getType());
5219 } else {
5220 // Calculate the new offset for the new GEP.
5221 Value *Index = ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, Offset - BaseOffset);
5222 NewGEP = Builder.CreateGEP(I8Ty, NewBaseGEP, Index);
5223
5224 if (GEP->getType() != I8PtrTy)
5225 NewGEP = Builder.CreatePointerCast(NewGEP, GEP->getType());
5226 }
5227 GEP->replaceAllUsesWith(NewGEP);
5228 LargeOffsetGEPID.erase(GEP);
5229 LargeOffsetGEP = LargeOffsetGEPs.erase(LargeOffsetGEP);
5230 GEP->eraseFromParent();
5231 Changed = true;
5232 }
5233 }
5234 return Changed;
5235}
5236
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005237/// Return true, if an ext(load) can be formed from an extension in
5238/// \p MovedExts.
5239bool CodeGenPrepare::canFormExtLd(
5240 const SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &MovedExts, LoadInst *&LI,
5241 Instruction *&Inst, bool HasPromoted) {
5242 for (auto *MovedExtInst : MovedExts) {
5243 if (isa<LoadInst>(MovedExtInst->getOperand(0))) {
5244 LI = cast<LoadInst>(MovedExtInst->getOperand(0));
5245 Inst = MovedExtInst;
5246 break;
5247 }
5248 }
5249 if (!LI)
5250 return false;
5251
5252 // If they're already in the same block, there's nothing to do.
5253 // Make the cheap checks first if we did not promote.
5254 // If we promoted, we need to check if it is indeed profitable.
5255 if (!HasPromoted && LI->getParent() == Inst->getParent())
5256 return false;
5257
Haicheng Wuabdef9e2017-07-15 02:12:16 +00005258 return TLI->isExtLoad(LI, Inst, *DL);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005259}
5260
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00005261/// Move a zext or sext fed by a load into the same basic block as the load,
5262/// unless conditions are unfavorable. This allows SelectionDAG to fold the
5263/// extend into the load.
Dan Gohman99429a02009-10-16 20:59:35 +00005264///
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00005265/// E.g.,
5266/// \code
5267/// %ld = load i32* %addr
5268/// %add = add nuw i32 %ld, 4
5269/// %zext = zext i32 %add to i64
5270// \endcode
5271/// =>
5272/// \code
5273/// %ld = load i32* %addr
5274/// %zext = zext i32 %ld to i64
5275/// %add = add nuw i64 %zext, 4
5276/// \encode
5277/// Note that the promotion in %add to i64 is done in tryToPromoteExts(), which
5278/// allow us to match zext(load i32*) to i64.
5279///
5280/// Also, try to promote the computations used to obtain a sign extended
5281/// value used into memory accesses.
5282/// E.g.,
5283/// \code
5284/// a = add nsw i32 b, 3
5285/// d = sext i32 a to i64
5286/// e = getelementptr ..., i64 d
5287/// \endcode
5288/// =>
5289/// \code
5290/// f = sext i32 b to i64
5291/// a = add nsw i64 f, 3
5292/// e = getelementptr ..., i64 a
5293/// \endcode
5294///
5295/// \p Inst[in/out] the extension may be modified during the process if some
5296/// promotions apply.
5297bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeExt(Instruction *&Inst) {
5298 // ExtLoad formation and address type promotion infrastructure requires TLI to
5299 // be effective.
Chandler Carruth0f139b42016-11-04 06:54:00 +00005300 if (!TLI)
5301 return false;
5302
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00005303 bool AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader = false;
5304 /// See if it is an interesting sext operations for the address type
5305 /// promotion before trying to promote it, e.g., the ones with the right
5306 /// type and used in memory accesses.
5307 bool ATPConsiderable = TTI->shouldConsiderAddressTypePromotion(
5308 *Inst, AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader);
5309 TypePromotionTransaction TPT(RemovedInsts);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005310 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005311 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005312 SmallVector<Instruction *, 1> Exts;
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00005313 SmallVector<Instruction *, 2> SpeculativelyMovedExts;
5314 Exts.push_back(Inst);
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005315
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00005316 bool HasPromoted = tryToPromoteExts(TPT, Exts, SpeculativelyMovedExts);
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005317
Dan Gohman99429a02009-10-16 20:59:35 +00005318 // Look for a load being extended.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005319 LoadInst *LI = nullptr;
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00005320 Instruction *ExtFedByLoad;
5321
5322 // Try to promote a chain of computation if it allows to form an extended
5323 // load.
5324 if (canFormExtLd(SpeculativelyMovedExts, LI, ExtFedByLoad, HasPromoted)) {
5325 assert(LI && ExtFedByLoad && "Expect a valid load and extension");
5326 TPT.commit();
5327 // Move the extend into the same block as the load
Sanjay Patel674d2c22017-08-29 14:07:48 +00005328 ExtFedByLoad->moveAfter(LI);
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00005329 // CGP does not check if the zext would be speculatively executed when moved
5330 // to the same basic block as the load. Preserving its original location
5331 // would pessimize the debugging experience, as well as negatively impact
5332 // the quality of sample pgo. We don't want to use "line 0" as that has a
5333 // size cost in the line-table section and logically the zext can be seen as
5334 // part of the load. Therefore we conservatively reuse the same debug
5335 // location for the load and the zext.
5336 ExtFedByLoad->setDebugLoc(LI->getDebugLoc());
5337 ++NumExtsMoved;
5338 Inst = ExtFedByLoad;
5339 return true;
5340 }
5341
5342 // Continue promoting SExts if known as considerable depending on targets.
5343 if (ATPConsiderable &&
5344 performAddressTypePromotion(Inst, AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader,
5345 HasPromoted, TPT, SpeculativelyMovedExts))
5346 return true;
5347
5348 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
5349 return false;
5350}
5351
5352// Perform address type promotion if doing so is profitable.
5353// If AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader == false, we should find other sext
5354// instructions that sign extended the same initial value. However, if
5355// AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader == true, we expect promoting the
5356// extension is just profitable.
5357bool CodeGenPrepare::performAddressTypePromotion(
5358 Instruction *&Inst, bool AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader,
5359 bool HasPromoted, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
5360 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &SpeculativelyMovedExts) {
5361 bool Promoted = false;
5362 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 1> UnhandledExts;
5363 bool AllSeenFirst = true;
5364 for (auto I : SpeculativelyMovedExts) {
5365 Value *HeadOfChain = I->getOperand(0);
5366 DenseMap<Value *, Instruction *>::iterator AlreadySeen =
5367 SeenChainsForSExt.find(HeadOfChain);
5368 // If there is an unhandled SExt which has the same header, try to promote
5369 // it as well.
5370 if (AlreadySeen != SeenChainsForSExt.end()) {
5371 if (AlreadySeen->second != nullptr)
5372 UnhandledExts.insert(AlreadySeen->second);
5373 AllSeenFirst = false;
5374 }
5375 }
5376
5377 if (!AllSeenFirst || (AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader &&
5378 SpeculativelyMovedExts.size() == 1)) {
5379 TPT.commit();
5380 if (HasPromoted)
5381 Promoted = true;
5382 for (auto I : SpeculativelyMovedExts) {
5383 Value *HeadOfChain = I->getOperand(0);
5384 SeenChainsForSExt[HeadOfChain] = nullptr;
5385 ValToSExtendedUses[HeadOfChain].push_back(I);
5386 }
5387 // Update Inst as promotion happen.
5388 Inst = SpeculativelyMovedExts.pop_back_val();
5389 } else {
5390 // This is the first chain visited from the header, keep the current chain
5391 // as unhandled. Defer to promote this until we encounter another SExt
5392 // chain derived from the same header.
5393 for (auto I : SpeculativelyMovedExts) {
5394 Value *HeadOfChain = I->getOperand(0);
5395 SeenChainsForSExt[HeadOfChain] = Inst;
5396 }
Dan Gohman99429a02009-10-16 20:59:35 +00005397 return false;
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005398 }
Dan Gohman99429a02009-10-16 20:59:35 +00005399
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00005400 if (!AllSeenFirst && !UnhandledExts.empty())
5401 for (auto VisitedSExt : UnhandledExts) {
5402 if (RemovedInsts.count(VisitedSExt))
5403 continue;
5404 TypePromotionTransaction TPT(RemovedInsts);
5405 SmallVector<Instruction *, 1> Exts;
5406 SmallVector<Instruction *, 2> Chains;
5407 Exts.push_back(VisitedSExt);
5408 bool HasPromoted = tryToPromoteExts(TPT, Exts, Chains);
5409 TPT.commit();
5410 if (HasPromoted)
5411 Promoted = true;
5412 for (auto I : Chains) {
5413 Value *HeadOfChain = I->getOperand(0);
5414 // Mark this as handled.
5415 SeenChainsForSExt[HeadOfChain] = nullptr;
5416 ValToSExtendedUses[HeadOfChain].push_back(I);
5417 }
5418 }
5419 return Promoted;
Dan Gohman99429a02009-10-16 20:59:35 +00005420}
5421
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00005422bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeExtUses(Instruction *I) {
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00005423 BasicBlock *DefBB = I->getParent();
5424
Bob Wilsonff714f92010-09-21 21:44:14 +00005425 // If the result of a {s|z}ext and its source are both live out, rewrite all
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00005426 // other uses of the source with result of extension.
5427 Value *Src = I->getOperand(0);
5428 if (Src->hasOneUse())
5429 return false;
5430
Evan Cheng2011df42007-12-13 07:50:36 +00005431 // Only do this xform if truncating is free.
Gabor Greifaa261722008-02-26 19:13:21 +00005432 if (TLI && !TLI->isTruncateFree(I->getType(), Src->getType()))
Evan Cheng37c36ed2007-12-13 03:32:53 +00005433 return false;
5434
Evan Cheng7bc89422007-12-12 00:51:06 +00005435 // Only safe to perform the optimization if the source is also defined in
Evan Cheng63d33cf2007-12-12 02:53:41 +00005436 // this block.
5437 if (!isa<Instruction>(Src) || DefBB != cast<Instruction>(Src)->getParent())
Evan Cheng7bc89422007-12-12 00:51:06 +00005438 return false;
5439
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00005440 bool DefIsLiveOut = false;
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005441 for (User *U : I->users()) {
5442 Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(U);
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00005443
5444 // Figure out which BB this ext is used in.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005445 BasicBlock *UserBB = UI->getParent();
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00005446 if (UserBB == DefBB) continue;
5447 DefIsLiveOut = true;
5448 break;
5449 }
5450 if (!DefIsLiveOut)
5451 return false;
5452
Jim Grosbach0f38c1e2013-04-15 17:40:48 +00005453 // Make sure none of the uses are PHI nodes.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005454 for (User *U : Src->users()) {
5455 Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(U);
5456 BasicBlock *UserBB = UI->getParent();
Evan Cheng37c36ed2007-12-13 03:32:53 +00005457 if (UserBB == DefBB) continue;
5458 // Be conservative. We don't want this xform to end up introducing
5459 // reloads just before load / store instructions.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005460 if (isa<PHINode>(UI) || isa<LoadInst>(UI) || isa<StoreInst>(UI))
Evan Cheng63d33cf2007-12-12 02:53:41 +00005461 return false;
5462 }
5463
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00005464 // InsertedTruncs - Only insert one trunc in each block once.
5465 DenseMap<BasicBlock*, Instruction*> InsertedTruncs;
5466
5467 bool MadeChange = false;
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005468 for (Use &U : Src->uses()) {
5469 Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(U.getUser());
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00005470
5471 // Figure out which BB this ext is used in.
5472 BasicBlock *UserBB = User->getParent();
5473 if (UserBB == DefBB) continue;
5474
5475 // Both src and def are live in this block. Rewrite the use.
5476 Instruction *&InsertedTrunc = InsertedTruncs[UserBB];
5477
5478 if (!InsertedTrunc) {
Bill Wendling8ddfc092011-08-16 20:45:24 +00005479 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = UserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00005480 assert(InsertPt != UserBB->end());
5481 InsertedTrunc = new TruncInst(I, Src->getType(), "", &*InsertPt);
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00005482 InsertedInsts.insert(InsertedTrunc);
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00005483 }
5484
5485 // Replace a use of the {s|z}ext source with a use of the result.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005486 U = InsertedTrunc;
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +00005487 ++NumExtUses;
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00005488 MadeChange = true;
5489 }
5490
5491 return MadeChange;
5492}
5493
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005494// Find loads whose uses only use some of the loaded value's bits. Add an "and"
5495// just after the load if the target can fold this into one extload instruction,
5496// with the hope of eliminating some of the other later "and" instructions using
5497// the loaded value. "and"s that are made trivially redundant by the insertion
5498// of the new "and" are removed by this function, while others (e.g. those whose
5499// path from the load goes through a phi) are left for isel to potentially
5500// remove.
5501//
5502// For example:
5503//
5504// b0:
5505// x = load i32
5506// ...
5507// b1:
5508// y = and x, 0xff
5509// z = use y
5510//
5511// becomes:
5512//
5513// b0:
5514// x = load i32
5515// x' = and x, 0xff
5516// ...
5517// b1:
5518// z = use x'
5519//
5520// whereas:
5521//
5522// b0:
5523// x1 = load i32
5524// ...
5525// b1:
5526// x2 = load i32
5527// ...
5528// b2:
5529// x = phi x1, x2
5530// y = and x, 0xff
5531//
5532// becomes (after a call to optimizeLoadExt for each load):
5533//
5534// b0:
5535// x1 = load i32
5536// x1' = and x1, 0xff
5537// ...
5538// b1:
5539// x2 = load i32
5540// x2' = and x2, 0xff
5541// ...
5542// b2:
5543// x = phi x1', x2'
5544// y = and x, 0xff
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005545bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeLoadExt(LoadInst *Load) {
Vedant Kumarb3091da2018-07-06 20:17:42 +00005546 if (!Load->isSimple() || !Load->getType()->isIntOrPtrTy())
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005547 return false;
5548
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +00005549 // Skip loads we've already transformed.
5550 if (Load->hasOneUse() &&
5551 InsertedInsts.count(cast<Instruction>(*Load->user_begin())))
5552 return false;
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005553
5554 // Look at all uses of Load, looking through phis, to determine how many bits
5555 // of the loaded value are needed.
5556 SmallVector<Instruction *, 8> WorkList;
5557 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 16> Visited;
5558 SmallVector<Instruction *, 8> AndsToMaybeRemove;
5559 for (auto *U : Load->users())
5560 WorkList.push_back(cast<Instruction>(U));
5561
5562 EVT LoadResultVT = TLI->getValueType(*DL, Load->getType());
5563 unsigned BitWidth = LoadResultVT.getSizeInBits();
5564 APInt DemandBits(BitWidth, 0);
5565 APInt WidestAndBits(BitWidth, 0);
5566
5567 while (!WorkList.empty()) {
5568 Instruction *I = WorkList.back();
5569 WorkList.pop_back();
5570
5571 // Break use-def graph loops.
5572 if (!Visited.insert(I).second)
5573 continue;
5574
5575 // For a PHI node, push all of its users.
5576 if (auto *Phi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) {
5577 for (auto *U : Phi->users())
5578 WorkList.push_back(cast<Instruction>(U));
5579 continue;
5580 }
5581
5582 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00005583 case Instruction::And: {
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005584 auto *AndC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1));
5585 if (!AndC)
5586 return false;
5587 APInt AndBits = AndC->getValue();
5588 DemandBits |= AndBits;
5589 // Keep track of the widest and mask we see.
5590 if (AndBits.ugt(WidestAndBits))
5591 WidestAndBits = AndBits;
5592 if (AndBits == WidestAndBits && I->getOperand(0) == Load)
5593 AndsToMaybeRemove.push_back(I);
5594 break;
5595 }
5596
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00005597 case Instruction::Shl: {
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005598 auto *ShlC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1));
5599 if (!ShlC)
5600 return false;
5601 uint64_t ShiftAmt = ShlC->getLimitedValue(BitWidth - 1);
Craig Topperfc947bc2017-04-18 17:14:21 +00005602 DemandBits.setLowBits(BitWidth - ShiftAmt);
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005603 break;
5604 }
5605
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00005606 case Instruction::Trunc: {
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005607 EVT TruncVT = TLI->getValueType(*DL, I->getType());
5608 unsigned TruncBitWidth = TruncVT.getSizeInBits();
Craig Topperfc947bc2017-04-18 17:14:21 +00005609 DemandBits.setLowBits(TruncBitWidth);
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005610 break;
5611 }
5612
5613 default:
5614 return false;
5615 }
5616 }
5617
5618 uint32_t ActiveBits = DemandBits.getActiveBits();
5619 // Avoid hoisting (and (load x) 1) since it is unlikely to be folded by the
5620 // target even if isLoadExtLegal says an i1 EXTLOAD is valid. For example,
5621 // for the AArch64 target isLoadExtLegal(ZEXTLOAD, i32, i1) returns true, but
5622 // (and (load x) 1) is not matched as a single instruction, rather as a LDR
5623 // followed by an AND.
5624 // TODO: Look into removing this restriction by fixing backends to either
5625 // return false for isLoadExtLegal for i1 or have them select this pattern to
5626 // a single instruction.
5627 //
5628 // Also avoid hoisting if we didn't see any ands with the exact DemandBits
5629 // mask, since these are the only ands that will be removed by isel.
Craig Topperd33ee1b2017-04-03 16:34:59 +00005630 if (ActiveBits <= 1 || !DemandBits.isMask(ActiveBits) ||
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005631 WidestAndBits != DemandBits)
5632 return false;
5633
5634 LLVMContext &Ctx = Load->getType()->getContext();
5635 Type *TruncTy = Type::getIntNTy(Ctx, ActiveBits);
5636 EVT TruncVT = TLI->getValueType(*DL, TruncTy);
5637
5638 // Reject cases that won't be matched as extloads.
5639 if (!LoadResultVT.bitsGT(TruncVT) || !TruncVT.isRound() ||
5640 !TLI->isLoadExtLegal(ISD::ZEXTLOAD, LoadResultVT, TruncVT))
5641 return false;
5642
5643 IRBuilder<> Builder(Load->getNextNode());
5644 auto *NewAnd = dyn_cast<Instruction>(
5645 Builder.CreateAnd(Load, ConstantInt::get(Ctx, DemandBits)));
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +00005646 // Mark this instruction as "inserted by CGP", so that other
5647 // optimizations don't touch it.
5648 InsertedInsts.insert(NewAnd);
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005649
5650 // Replace all uses of load with new and (except for the use of load in the
5651 // new and itself).
5652 Load->replaceAllUsesWith(NewAnd);
5653 NewAnd->setOperand(0, Load);
5654
5655 // Remove any and instructions that are now redundant.
5656 for (auto *And : AndsToMaybeRemove)
5657 // Check that the and mask is the same as the one we decided to put on the
5658 // new and.
5659 if (cast<ConstantInt>(And->getOperand(1))->getValue() == DemandBits) {
5660 And->replaceAllUsesWith(NewAnd);
5661 if (&*CurInstIterator == And)
5662 CurInstIterator = std::next(And->getIterator());
5663 And->eraseFromParent();
5664 ++NumAndUses;
5665 }
5666
5667 ++NumAndsAdded;
5668 return true;
5669}
5670
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005671/// Check if V (an operand of a select instruction) is an expensive instruction
5672/// that is only used once.
5673static bool sinkSelectOperand(const TargetTransformInfo *TTI, Value *V) {
5674 auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
5675 // If it's safe to speculatively execute, then it should not have side
5676 // effects; therefore, it's safe to sink and possibly *not* execute.
Rafael Espindola84921b92015-10-24 23:11:13 +00005677 return I && I->hasOneUse() && isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(I) &&
5678 TTI->getUserCost(I) >= TargetTransformInfo::TCC_Expensive;
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005679}
5680
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00005681/// Returns true if a SelectInst should be turned into an explicit branch.
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005682static bool isFormingBranchFromSelectProfitable(const TargetTransformInfo *TTI,
Sanjay Pateld66607b2016-04-26 17:11:17 +00005683 const TargetLowering *TLI,
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005684 SelectInst *SI) {
Sanjay Pateld66607b2016-04-26 17:11:17 +00005685 // If even a predictable select is cheap, then a branch can't be cheaper.
5686 if (!TLI->isPredictableSelectExpensive())
5687 return false;
5688
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005689 // FIXME: This should use the same heuristics as IfConversion to determine
Sanjay Pateld66607b2016-04-26 17:11:17 +00005690 // whether a select is better represented as a branch.
5691
5692 // If metadata tells us that the select condition is obviously predictable,
5693 // then we want to replace the select with a branch.
5694 uint64_t TrueWeight, FalseWeight;
5695 if (SI->extractProfMetadata(TrueWeight, FalseWeight)) {
5696 uint64_t Max = std::max(TrueWeight, FalseWeight);
5697 uint64_t Sum = TrueWeight + FalseWeight;
Sanjay Patelc7b91e62016-05-09 17:31:55 +00005698 if (Sum != 0) {
5699 auto Probability = BranchProbability::getBranchProbability(Max, Sum);
5700 if (Probability > TLI->getPredictableBranchThreshold())
5701 return true;
5702 }
Sanjay Pateld66607b2016-04-26 17:11:17 +00005703 }
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005704
5705 CmpInst *Cmp = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(SI->getCondition());
5706
Sanjay Patel4e652762015-09-28 22:14:51 +00005707 // If a branch is predictable, an out-of-order CPU can avoid blocking on its
5708 // comparison condition. If the compare has more than one use, there's
5709 // probably another cmov or setcc around, so it's not worth emitting a branch.
Sanjay Patel5e5f0e92015-09-28 21:44:46 +00005710 if (!Cmp || !Cmp->hasOneUse())
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005711 return false;
5712
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005713 // If either operand of the select is expensive and only needed on one side
5714 // of the select, we should form a branch.
5715 if (sinkSelectOperand(TTI, SI->getTrueValue()) ||
5716 sinkSelectOperand(TTI, SI->getFalseValue()))
5717 return true;
5718
5719 return false;
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005720}
5721
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005722/// If \p isTrue is true, return the true value of \p SI, otherwise return
5723/// false value of \p SI. If the true/false value of \p SI is defined by any
5724/// select instructions in \p Selects, look through the defining select
5725/// instruction until the true/false value is not defined in \p Selects.
5726static Value *getTrueOrFalseValue(
5727 SelectInst *SI, bool isTrue,
5728 const SmallPtrSet<const Instruction *, 2> &Selects) {
5729 Value *V;
5730
5731 for (SelectInst *DefSI = SI; DefSI != nullptr && Selects.count(DefSI);
5732 DefSI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V)) {
Dehao Chenc32d7122016-09-12 20:29:54 +00005733 assert(DefSI->getCondition() == SI->getCondition() &&
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005734 "The condition of DefSI does not match with SI");
5735 V = (isTrue ? DefSI->getTrueValue() : DefSI->getFalseValue());
5736 }
5737 return V;
5738}
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005739
Nadav Rotem9d832022012-09-02 12:10:19 +00005740/// If we have a SelectInst that will likely profit from branch prediction,
5741/// turn it into a branch.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00005742bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeSelectInst(SelectInst *SI) {
Vedant Kumarfbc38732018-08-21 23:42:23 +00005743 // If branch conversion isn't desirable, exit early.
5744 if (DisableSelectToBranch || OptSize || !TLI)
5745 return false;
5746
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005747 // Find all consecutive select instructions that share the same condition.
5748 SmallVector<SelectInst *, 2> ASI;
5749 ASI.push_back(SI);
David Blaikie7d306532018-08-28 00:55:19 +00005750 for (BasicBlock::iterator It = ++BasicBlock::iterator(SI);
5751 It != SI->getParent()->end(); ++It) {
5752 SelectInst *I = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(&*It);
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005753 if (I && SI->getCondition() == I->getCondition()) {
5754 ASI.push_back(I);
5755 } else {
5756 break;
5757 }
5758 }
5759
5760 SelectInst *LastSI = ASI.back();
5761 // Increment the current iterator to skip all the rest of select instructions
5762 // because they will be either "not lowered" or "all lowered" to branch.
5763 CurInstIterator = std::next(LastSI->getIterator());
5764
Nadav Rotem9d832022012-09-02 12:10:19 +00005765 bool VectorCond = !SI->getCondition()->getType()->isIntegerTy(1);
5766
5767 // Can we convert the 'select' to CF ?
Vedant Kumarfbc38732018-08-21 23:42:23 +00005768 if (VectorCond || SI->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_unpredictable))
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005769 return false;
5770
Nadav Rotem9d832022012-09-02 12:10:19 +00005771 TargetLowering::SelectSupportKind SelectKind;
5772 if (VectorCond)
5773 SelectKind = TargetLowering::VectorMaskSelect;
5774 else if (SI->getType()->isVectorTy())
5775 SelectKind = TargetLowering::ScalarCondVectorVal;
5776 else
5777 SelectKind = TargetLowering::ScalarValSelect;
5778
Sanjay Pateld66607b2016-04-26 17:11:17 +00005779 if (TLI->isSelectSupported(SelectKind) &&
5780 !isFormingBranchFromSelectProfitable(TTI, TLI, SI))
5781 return false;
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005782
5783 ModifiedDT = true;
5784
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005785 // Transform a sequence like this:
5786 // start:
5787 // %cmp = cmp uge i32 %a, %b
5788 // %sel = select i1 %cmp, i32 %c, i32 %d
5789 //
5790 // Into:
5791 // start:
5792 // %cmp = cmp uge i32 %a, %b
5793 // br i1 %cmp, label %select.true, label %select.false
5794 // select.true:
5795 // br label %select.end
5796 // select.false:
5797 // br label %select.end
5798 // select.end:
5799 // %sel = phi i32 [ %c, %select.true ], [ %d, %select.false ]
5800 //
5801 // In addition, we may sink instructions that produce %c or %d from
5802 // the entry block into the destination(s) of the new branch.
5803 // If the true or false blocks do not contain a sunken instruction, that
5804 // block and its branch may be optimized away. In that case, one side of the
5805 // first branch will point directly to select.end, and the corresponding PHI
5806 // predecessor block will be the start block.
5807
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005808 // First, we split the block containing the select into 2 blocks.
5809 BasicBlock *StartBlock = SI->getParent();
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005810 BasicBlock::iterator SplitPt = ++(BasicBlock::iterator(LastSI));
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005811 BasicBlock *EndBlock = StartBlock->splitBasicBlock(SplitPt, "select.end");
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005812
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005813 // Delete the unconditional branch that was just created by the split.
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005814 StartBlock->getTerminator()->eraseFromParent();
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005815
5816 // These are the new basic blocks for the conditional branch.
5817 // At least one will become an actual new basic block.
5818 BasicBlock *TrueBlock = nullptr;
5819 BasicBlock *FalseBlock = nullptr;
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005820 BranchInst *TrueBranch = nullptr;
5821 BranchInst *FalseBranch = nullptr;
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005822
5823 // Sink expensive instructions into the conditional blocks to avoid executing
5824 // them speculatively.
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005825 for (SelectInst *SI : ASI) {
5826 if (sinkSelectOperand(TTI, SI->getTrueValue())) {
5827 if (TrueBlock == nullptr) {
5828 TrueBlock = BasicBlock::Create(SI->getContext(), "select.true.sink",
5829 EndBlock->getParent(), EndBlock);
5830 TrueBranch = BranchInst::Create(EndBlock, TrueBlock);
Vedant Kumar1e8a2c92018-08-22 00:10:37 +00005831 TrueBranch->setDebugLoc(SI->getDebugLoc());
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005832 }
5833 auto *TrueInst = cast<Instruction>(SI->getTrueValue());
5834 TrueInst->moveBefore(TrueBranch);
5835 }
5836 if (sinkSelectOperand(TTI, SI->getFalseValue())) {
5837 if (FalseBlock == nullptr) {
5838 FalseBlock = BasicBlock::Create(SI->getContext(), "select.false.sink",
5839 EndBlock->getParent(), EndBlock);
5840 FalseBranch = BranchInst::Create(EndBlock, FalseBlock);
Vedant Kumar1e8a2c92018-08-22 00:10:37 +00005841 FalseBranch->setDebugLoc(SI->getDebugLoc());
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005842 }
5843 auto *FalseInst = cast<Instruction>(SI->getFalseValue());
5844 FalseInst->moveBefore(FalseBranch);
5845 }
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005846 }
5847
5848 // If there was nothing to sink, then arbitrarily choose the 'false' side
5849 // for a new input value to the PHI.
5850 if (TrueBlock == FalseBlock) {
5851 assert(TrueBlock == nullptr &&
5852 "Unexpected basic block transform while optimizing select");
5853
5854 FalseBlock = BasicBlock::Create(SI->getContext(), "select.false",
5855 EndBlock->getParent(), EndBlock);
Vedant Kumar1e8a2c92018-08-22 00:10:37 +00005856 auto *FalseBranch = BranchInst::Create(EndBlock, FalseBlock);
5857 FalseBranch->setDebugLoc(SI->getDebugLoc());
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005858 }
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005859
5860 // Insert the real conditional branch based on the original condition.
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005861 // If we did not create a new block for one of the 'true' or 'false' paths
5862 // of the condition, it means that side of the branch goes to the end block
5863 // directly and the path originates from the start block from the point of
5864 // view of the new PHI.
Xinliang David Li241e6c72016-09-03 21:26:36 +00005865 BasicBlock *TT, *FT;
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005866 if (TrueBlock == nullptr) {
Xinliang David Li241e6c72016-09-03 21:26:36 +00005867 TT = EndBlock;
5868 FT = FalseBlock;
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005869 TrueBlock = StartBlock;
5870 } else if (FalseBlock == nullptr) {
Xinliang David Li241e6c72016-09-03 21:26:36 +00005871 TT = TrueBlock;
5872 FT = EndBlock;
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005873 FalseBlock = StartBlock;
5874 } else {
Xinliang David Li241e6c72016-09-03 21:26:36 +00005875 TT = TrueBlock;
5876 FT = FalseBlock;
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005877 }
Xinliang David Li241e6c72016-09-03 21:26:36 +00005878 IRBuilder<>(SI).CreateCondBr(SI->getCondition(), TT, FT, SI);
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005879
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005880 SmallPtrSet<const Instruction *, 2> INS;
5881 INS.insert(ASI.begin(), ASI.end());
5882 // Use reverse iterator because later select may use the value of the
5883 // earlier select, and we need to propagate value through earlier select
5884 // to get the PHI operand.
5885 for (auto It = ASI.rbegin(); It != ASI.rend(); ++It) {
5886 SelectInst *SI = *It;
5887 // The select itself is replaced with a PHI Node.
5888 PHINode *PN = PHINode::Create(SI->getType(), 2, "", &EndBlock->front());
5889 PN->takeName(SI);
5890 PN->addIncoming(getTrueOrFalseValue(SI, true, INS), TrueBlock);
5891 PN->addIncoming(getTrueOrFalseValue(SI, false, INS), FalseBlock);
Vedant Kumar1e8a2c92018-08-22 00:10:37 +00005892 PN->setDebugLoc(SI->getDebugLoc());
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005893
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005894 SI->replaceAllUsesWith(PN);
5895 SI->eraseFromParent();
5896 INS.erase(SI);
5897 ++NumSelectsExpanded;
5898 }
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005899
5900 // Instruct OptimizeBlock to skip to the next block.
5901 CurInstIterator = StartBlock->end();
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005902 return true;
5903}
5904
Benjamin Kramer573ff362014-03-01 17:24:40 +00005905static bool isBroadcastShuffle(ShuffleVectorInst *SVI) {
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00005906 SmallVector<int, 16> Mask(SVI->getShuffleMask());
5907 int SplatElem = -1;
5908 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Mask.size(); ++i) {
5909 if (SplatElem != -1 && Mask[i] != -1 && Mask[i] != SplatElem)
5910 return false;
5911 SplatElem = Mask[i];
5912 }
5913
5914 return true;
5915}
5916
5917/// Some targets have expensive vector shifts if the lanes aren't all the same
5918/// (e.g. x86 only introduced "vpsllvd" and friends with AVX2). In these cases
5919/// it's often worth sinking a shufflevector splat down to its use so that
5920/// codegen can spot all lanes are identical.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00005921bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeShuffleVectorInst(ShuffleVectorInst *SVI) {
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00005922 BasicBlock *DefBB = SVI->getParent();
5923
5924 // Only do this xform if variable vector shifts are particularly expensive.
5925 if (!TLI || !TLI->isVectorShiftByScalarCheap(SVI->getType()))
5926 return false;
5927
5928 // We only expect better codegen by sinking a shuffle if we can recognise a
5929 // constant splat.
5930 if (!isBroadcastShuffle(SVI))
5931 return false;
5932
5933 // InsertedShuffles - Only insert a shuffle in each block once.
5934 DenseMap<BasicBlock*, Instruction*> InsertedShuffles;
5935
5936 bool MadeChange = false;
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005937 for (User *U : SVI->users()) {
5938 Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(U);
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00005939
5940 // Figure out which BB this ext is used in.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005941 BasicBlock *UserBB = UI->getParent();
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00005942 if (UserBB == DefBB) continue;
5943
5944 // For now only apply this when the splat is used by a shift instruction.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005945 if (!UI->isShift()) continue;
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00005946
5947 // Everything checks out, sink the shuffle if the user's block doesn't
5948 // already have a copy.
5949 Instruction *&InsertedShuffle = InsertedShuffles[UserBB];
5950
5951 if (!InsertedShuffle) {
5952 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = UserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00005953 assert(InsertPt != UserBB->end());
5954 InsertedShuffle =
5955 new ShuffleVectorInst(SVI->getOperand(0), SVI->getOperand(1),
5956 SVI->getOperand(2), "", &*InsertPt);
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00005957 }
5958
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005959 UI->replaceUsesOfWith(SVI, InsertedShuffle);
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00005960 MadeChange = true;
5961 }
5962
5963 // If we removed all uses, nuke the shuffle.
5964 if (SVI->use_empty()) {
5965 SVI->eraseFromParent();
5966 MadeChange = true;
5967 }
5968
5969 return MadeChange;
5970}
5971
Sanjay Patel0ed9aea2015-11-02 23:22:49 +00005972bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeSwitchInst(SwitchInst *SI) {
5973 if (!TLI || !DL)
5974 return false;
5975
5976 Value *Cond = SI->getCondition();
5977 Type *OldType = Cond->getType();
5978 LLVMContext &Context = Cond->getContext();
5979 MVT RegType = TLI->getRegisterType(Context, TLI->getValueType(*DL, OldType));
5980 unsigned RegWidth = RegType.getSizeInBits();
5981
5982 if (RegWidth <= cast<IntegerType>(OldType)->getBitWidth())
5983 return false;
5984
5985 // If the register width is greater than the type width, expand the condition
5986 // of the switch instruction and each case constant to the width of the
5987 // register. By widening the type of the switch condition, subsequent
5988 // comparisons (for case comparisons) will not need to be extended to the
5989 // preferred register width, so we will potentially eliminate N-1 extends,
5990 // where N is the number of cases in the switch.
5991 auto *NewType = Type::getIntNTy(Context, RegWidth);
5992
5993 // Zero-extend the switch condition and case constants unless the switch
5994 // condition is a function argument that is already being sign-extended.
5995 // In that case, we can avoid an unnecessary mask/extension by sign-extending
5996 // everything instead.
5997 Instruction::CastOps ExtType = Instruction::ZExt;
5998 if (auto *Arg = dyn_cast<Argument>(Cond))
5999 if (Arg->hasSExtAttr())
6000 ExtType = Instruction::SExt;
6001
6002 auto *ExtInst = CastInst::Create(ExtType, Cond, NewType);
6003 ExtInst->insertBefore(SI);
Vedant Kumar47606862018-08-22 01:23:31 +00006004 ExtInst->setDebugLoc(SI->getDebugLoc());
Sanjay Patel0ed9aea2015-11-02 23:22:49 +00006005 SI->setCondition(ExtInst);
Chandler Carruth927d8e62017-04-12 07:27:28 +00006006 for (auto Case : SI->cases()) {
Sanjay Patel0ed9aea2015-11-02 23:22:49 +00006007 APInt NarrowConst = Case.getCaseValue()->getValue();
6008 APInt WideConst = (ExtType == Instruction::ZExt) ?
6009 NarrowConst.zext(RegWidth) : NarrowConst.sext(RegWidth);
6010 Case.setValue(ConstantInt::get(Context, WideConst));
6011 }
6012
6013 return true;
6014}
6015
Zaara Syeda3a7578c2017-05-31 17:12:38 +00006016
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006017namespace {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00006018
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006019/// Helper class to promote a scalar operation to a vector one.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006020/// This class is used to move downward extractelement transition.
6021/// E.g.,
6022/// a = vector_op <2 x i32>
6023/// b = extractelement <2 x i32> a, i32 0
6024/// c = scalar_op b
6025/// store c
6026///
6027/// =>
6028/// a = vector_op <2 x i32>
6029/// c = vector_op a (equivalent to scalar_op on the related lane)
6030/// * d = extractelement <2 x i32> c, i32 0
6031/// * store d
6032/// Assuming both extractelement and store can be combine, we get rid of the
6033/// transition.
6034class VectorPromoteHelper {
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00006035 /// DataLayout associated with the current module.
6036 const DataLayout &DL;
6037
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006038 /// Used to perform some checks on the legality of vector operations.
6039 const TargetLowering &TLI;
6040
6041 /// Used to estimated the cost of the promoted chain.
6042 const TargetTransformInfo &TTI;
6043
6044 /// The transition being moved downwards.
6045 Instruction *Transition;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00006046
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006047 /// The sequence of instructions to be promoted.
6048 SmallVector<Instruction *, 4> InstsToBePromoted;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00006049
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006050 /// Cost of combining a store and an extract.
6051 unsigned StoreExtractCombineCost;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00006052
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006053 /// Instruction that will be combined with the transition.
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00006054 Instruction *CombineInst = nullptr;
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006055
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006056 /// The instruction that represents the current end of the transition.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006057 /// Since we are faking the promotion until we reach the end of the chain
6058 /// of computation, we need a way to get the current end of the transition.
6059 Instruction *getEndOfTransition() const {
6060 if (InstsToBePromoted.empty())
6061 return Transition;
6062 return InstsToBePromoted.back();
6063 }
6064
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006065 /// Return the index of the original value in the transition.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006066 /// E.g., for "extractelement <2 x i32> c, i32 1" the original value,
6067 /// c, is at index 0.
6068 unsigned getTransitionOriginalValueIdx() const {
6069 assert(isa<ExtractElementInst>(Transition) &&
6070 "Other kind of transitions are not supported yet");
6071 return 0;
6072 }
6073
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006074 /// Return the index of the index in the transition.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006075 /// E.g., for "extractelement <2 x i32> c, i32 0" the index
6076 /// is at index 1.
6077 unsigned getTransitionIdx() const {
6078 assert(isa<ExtractElementInst>(Transition) &&
6079 "Other kind of transitions are not supported yet");
6080 return 1;
6081 }
6082
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006083 /// Get the type of the transition.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006084 /// This is the type of the original value.
6085 /// E.g., for "extractelement <2 x i32> c, i32 1" the type of the
6086 /// transition is <2 x i32>.
6087 Type *getTransitionType() const {
6088 return Transition->getOperand(getTransitionOriginalValueIdx())->getType();
6089 }
6090
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006091 /// Promote \p ToBePromoted by moving \p Def downward through.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006092 /// I.e., we have the following sequence:
6093 /// Def = Transition <ty1> a to <ty2>
6094 /// b = ToBePromoted <ty2> Def, ...
6095 /// =>
6096 /// b = ToBePromoted <ty1> a, ...
6097 /// Def = Transition <ty1> ToBePromoted to <ty2>
6098 void promoteImpl(Instruction *ToBePromoted);
6099
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006100 /// Check whether or not it is profitable to promote all the
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006101 /// instructions enqueued to be promoted.
6102 bool isProfitableToPromote() {
6103 Value *ValIdx = Transition->getOperand(getTransitionOriginalValueIdx());
6104 unsigned Index = isa<ConstantInt>(ValIdx)
6105 ? cast<ConstantInt>(ValIdx)->getZExtValue()
6106 : -1;
6107 Type *PromotedType = getTransitionType();
6108
6109 StoreInst *ST = cast<StoreInst>(CombineInst);
6110 unsigned AS = ST->getPointerAddressSpace();
6111 unsigned Align = ST->getAlignment();
6112 // Check if this store is supported.
6113 if (!TLI.allowsMisalignedMemoryAccesses(
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00006114 TLI.getValueType(DL, ST->getValueOperand()->getType()), AS,
6115 Align)) {
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006116 // If this is not supported, there is no way we can combine
6117 // the extract with the store.
6118 return false;
6119 }
6120
6121 // The scalar chain of computation has to pay for the transition
6122 // scalar to vector.
6123 // The vector chain has to account for the combining cost.
6124 uint64_t ScalarCost =
6125 TTI.getVectorInstrCost(Transition->getOpcode(), PromotedType, Index);
6126 uint64_t VectorCost = StoreExtractCombineCost;
6127 for (const auto &Inst : InstsToBePromoted) {
6128 // Compute the cost.
6129 // By construction, all instructions being promoted are arithmetic ones.
6130 // Moreover, one argument is a constant that can be viewed as a splat
6131 // constant.
6132 Value *Arg0 = Inst->getOperand(0);
6133 bool IsArg0Constant = isa<UndefValue>(Arg0) || isa<ConstantInt>(Arg0) ||
6134 isa<ConstantFP>(Arg0);
6135 TargetTransformInfo::OperandValueKind Arg0OVK =
6136 IsArg0Constant ? TargetTransformInfo::OK_UniformConstantValue
6137 : TargetTransformInfo::OK_AnyValue;
6138 TargetTransformInfo::OperandValueKind Arg1OVK =
6139 !IsArg0Constant ? TargetTransformInfo::OK_UniformConstantValue
6140 : TargetTransformInfo::OK_AnyValue;
6141 ScalarCost += TTI.getArithmeticInstrCost(
6142 Inst->getOpcode(), Inst->getType(), Arg0OVK, Arg1OVK);
6143 VectorCost += TTI.getArithmeticInstrCost(Inst->getOpcode(), PromotedType,
6144 Arg0OVK, Arg1OVK);
6145 }
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00006146 LLVM_DEBUG(
6147 dbgs() << "Estimated cost of computation to be promoted:\nScalar: "
6148 << ScalarCost << "\nVector: " << VectorCost << '\n');
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006149 return ScalarCost > VectorCost;
6150 }
6151
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006152 /// Generate a constant vector with \p Val with the same
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006153 /// number of elements as the transition.
6154 /// \p UseSplat defines whether or not \p Val should be replicated
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +00006155 /// across the whole vector.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006156 /// In other words, if UseSplat == true, we generate <Val, Val, ..., Val>,
6157 /// otherwise we generate a vector with as many undef as possible:
6158 /// <undef, ..., undef, Val, undef, ..., undef> where \p Val is only
6159 /// used at the index of the extract.
6160 Value *getConstantVector(Constant *Val, bool UseSplat) const {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00006161 unsigned ExtractIdx = std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max();
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006162 if (!UseSplat) {
6163 // If we cannot determine where the constant must be, we have to
6164 // use a splat constant.
6165 Value *ValExtractIdx = Transition->getOperand(getTransitionIdx());
6166 if (ConstantInt *CstVal = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ValExtractIdx))
6167 ExtractIdx = CstVal->getSExtValue();
6168 else
6169 UseSplat = true;
6170 }
6171
6172 unsigned End = getTransitionType()->getVectorNumElements();
6173 if (UseSplat)
6174 return ConstantVector::getSplat(End, Val);
6175
6176 SmallVector<Constant *, 4> ConstVec;
6177 UndefValue *UndefVal = UndefValue::get(Val->getType());
6178 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx != End; ++Idx) {
6179 if (Idx == ExtractIdx)
6180 ConstVec.push_back(Val);
6181 else
6182 ConstVec.push_back(UndefVal);
6183 }
6184 return ConstantVector::get(ConstVec);
6185 }
6186
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006187 /// Check if promoting to a vector type an operand at \p OperandIdx
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006188 /// in \p Use can trigger undefined behavior.
6189 static bool canCauseUndefinedBehavior(const Instruction *Use,
6190 unsigned OperandIdx) {
6191 // This is not safe to introduce undef when the operand is on
6192 // the right hand side of a division-like instruction.
6193 if (OperandIdx != 1)
6194 return false;
6195 switch (Use->getOpcode()) {
6196 default:
6197 return false;
6198 case Instruction::SDiv:
6199 case Instruction::UDiv:
6200 case Instruction::SRem:
6201 case Instruction::URem:
6202 return true;
6203 case Instruction::FDiv:
6204 case Instruction::FRem:
6205 return !Use->hasNoNaNs();
6206 }
6207 llvm_unreachable(nullptr);
6208 }
6209
6210public:
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00006211 VectorPromoteHelper(const DataLayout &DL, const TargetLowering &TLI,
6212 const TargetTransformInfo &TTI, Instruction *Transition,
6213 unsigned CombineCost)
6214 : DL(DL), TLI(TLI), TTI(TTI), Transition(Transition),
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00006215 StoreExtractCombineCost(CombineCost) {
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006216 assert(Transition && "Do not know how to promote null");
6217 }
6218
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006219 /// Check if we can promote \p ToBePromoted to \p Type.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006220 bool canPromote(const Instruction *ToBePromoted) const {
6221 // We could support CastInst too.
6222 return isa<BinaryOperator>(ToBePromoted);
6223 }
6224
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006225 /// Check if it is profitable to promote \p ToBePromoted
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006226 /// by moving downward the transition through.
6227 bool shouldPromote(const Instruction *ToBePromoted) const {
6228 // Promote only if all the operands can be statically expanded.
6229 // Indeed, we do not want to introduce any new kind of transitions.
6230 for (const Use &U : ToBePromoted->operands()) {
6231 const Value *Val = U.get();
6232 if (Val == getEndOfTransition()) {
6233 // If the use is a division and the transition is on the rhs,
6234 // we cannot promote the operation, otherwise we may create a
6235 // division by zero.
6236 if (canCauseUndefinedBehavior(ToBePromoted, U.getOperandNo()))
6237 return false;
6238 continue;
6239 }
6240 if (!isa<ConstantInt>(Val) && !isa<UndefValue>(Val) &&
6241 !isa<ConstantFP>(Val))
6242 return false;
6243 }
6244 // Check that the resulting operation is legal.
6245 int ISDOpcode = TLI.InstructionOpcodeToISD(ToBePromoted->getOpcode());
6246 if (!ISDOpcode)
6247 return false;
6248 return StressStoreExtract ||
Ahmed Bougacha026600d2014-11-12 23:05:03 +00006249 TLI.isOperationLegalOrCustom(
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00006250 ISDOpcode, TLI.getValueType(DL, getTransitionType(), true));
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006251 }
6252
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006253 /// Check whether or not \p Use can be combined
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006254 /// with the transition.
6255 /// I.e., is it possible to do Use(Transition) => AnotherUse?
6256 bool canCombine(const Instruction *Use) { return isa<StoreInst>(Use); }
6257
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006258 /// Record \p ToBePromoted as part of the chain to be promoted.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006259 void enqueueForPromotion(Instruction *ToBePromoted) {
6260 InstsToBePromoted.push_back(ToBePromoted);
6261 }
6262
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006263 /// Set the instruction that will be combined with the transition.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006264 void recordCombineInstruction(Instruction *ToBeCombined) {
6265 assert(canCombine(ToBeCombined) && "Unsupported instruction to combine");
6266 CombineInst = ToBeCombined;
6267 }
6268
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006269 /// Promote all the instructions enqueued for promotion if it is
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006270 /// is profitable.
6271 /// \return True if the promotion happened, false otherwise.
6272 bool promote() {
6273 // Check if there is something to promote.
6274 // Right now, if we do not have anything to combine with,
6275 // we assume the promotion is not profitable.
6276 if (InstsToBePromoted.empty() || !CombineInst)
6277 return false;
6278
6279 // Check cost.
6280 if (!StressStoreExtract && !isProfitableToPromote())
6281 return false;
6282
6283 // Promote.
6284 for (auto &ToBePromoted : InstsToBePromoted)
6285 promoteImpl(ToBePromoted);
6286 InstsToBePromoted.clear();
6287 return true;
6288 }
6289};
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00006290
6291} // end anonymous namespace
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006292
6293void VectorPromoteHelper::promoteImpl(Instruction *ToBePromoted) {
6294 // At this point, we know that all the operands of ToBePromoted but Def
6295 // can be statically promoted.
6296 // For Def, we need to use its parameter in ToBePromoted:
6297 // b = ToBePromoted ty1 a
6298 // Def = Transition ty1 b to ty2
6299 // Move the transition down.
6300 // 1. Replace all uses of the promoted operation by the transition.
6301 // = ... b => = ... Def.
6302 assert(ToBePromoted->getType() == Transition->getType() &&
6303 "The type of the result of the transition does not match "
6304 "the final type");
6305 ToBePromoted->replaceAllUsesWith(Transition);
6306 // 2. Update the type of the uses.
6307 // b = ToBePromoted ty2 Def => b = ToBePromoted ty1 Def.
6308 Type *TransitionTy = getTransitionType();
6309 ToBePromoted->mutateType(TransitionTy);
6310 // 3. Update all the operands of the promoted operation with promoted
6311 // operands.
6312 // b = ToBePromoted ty1 Def => b = ToBePromoted ty1 a.
6313 for (Use &U : ToBePromoted->operands()) {
6314 Value *Val = U.get();
6315 Value *NewVal = nullptr;
6316 if (Val == Transition)
6317 NewVal = Transition->getOperand(getTransitionOriginalValueIdx());
6318 else if (isa<UndefValue>(Val) || isa<ConstantInt>(Val) ||
6319 isa<ConstantFP>(Val)) {
6320 // Use a splat constant if it is not safe to use undef.
6321 NewVal = getConstantVector(
6322 cast<Constant>(Val),
6323 isa<UndefValue>(Val) ||
6324 canCauseUndefinedBehavior(ToBePromoted, U.getOperandNo()));
6325 } else
Craig Topperd3c02f12015-01-05 10:15:49 +00006326 llvm_unreachable("Did you modified shouldPromote and forgot to update "
6327 "this?");
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006328 ToBePromoted->setOperand(U.getOperandNo(), NewVal);
6329 }
Sanjay Patel674d2c22017-08-29 14:07:48 +00006330 Transition->moveAfter(ToBePromoted);
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006331 Transition->setOperand(getTransitionOriginalValueIdx(), ToBePromoted);
6332}
6333
6334/// Some targets can do store(extractelement) with one instruction.
6335/// Try to push the extractelement towards the stores when the target
6336/// has this feature and this is profitable.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006337bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeExtractElementInst(Instruction *Inst) {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00006338 unsigned CombineCost = std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max();
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006339 if (DisableStoreExtract || !TLI ||
6340 (!StressStoreExtract &&
6341 !TLI->canCombineStoreAndExtract(Inst->getOperand(0)->getType(),
6342 Inst->getOperand(1), CombineCost)))
6343 return false;
6344
6345 // At this point we know that Inst is a vector to scalar transition.
6346 // Try to move it down the def-use chain, until:
6347 // - We can combine the transition with its single use
6348 // => we got rid of the transition.
6349 // - We escape the current basic block
6350 // => we would need to check that we are moving it at a cheaper place and
6351 // we do not do that for now.
6352 BasicBlock *Parent = Inst->getParent();
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00006353 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Found an interesting transition: " << *Inst << '\n');
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00006354 VectorPromoteHelper VPH(*DL, *TLI, *TTI, Inst, CombineCost);
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006355 // If the transition has more than one use, assume this is not going to be
6356 // beneficial.
6357 while (Inst->hasOneUse()) {
6358 Instruction *ToBePromoted = cast<Instruction>(*Inst->user_begin());
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00006359 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Use: " << *ToBePromoted << '\n');
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006360
6361 if (ToBePromoted->getParent() != Parent) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00006362 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Instruction to promote is in a different block ("
6363 << ToBePromoted->getParent()->getName()
6364 << ") than the transition (" << Parent->getName()
6365 << ").\n");
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006366 return false;
6367 }
6368
6369 if (VPH.canCombine(ToBePromoted)) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00006370 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Assume " << *Inst << '\n'
6371 << "will be combined with: " << *ToBePromoted << '\n');
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006372 VPH.recordCombineInstruction(ToBePromoted);
6373 bool Changed = VPH.promote();
6374 NumStoreExtractExposed += Changed;
6375 return Changed;
6376 }
6377
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00006378 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Try promoting.\n");
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006379 if (!VPH.canPromote(ToBePromoted) || !VPH.shouldPromote(ToBePromoted))
6380 return false;
6381
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00006382 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Promoting is possible... Enqueue for promotion!\n");
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006383
6384 VPH.enqueueForPromotion(ToBePromoted);
6385 Inst = ToBePromoted;
6386 }
6387 return false;
6388}
6389
Wei Mia2f0b592016-12-22 19:44:45 +00006390/// For the instruction sequence of store below, F and I values
6391/// are bundled together as an i64 value before being stored into memory.
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00006392/// Sometimes it is more efficient to generate separate stores for F and I,
Wei Mia2f0b592016-12-22 19:44:45 +00006393/// which can remove the bitwise instructions or sink them to colder places.
6394///
6395/// (store (or (zext (bitcast F to i32) to i64),
6396/// (shl (zext I to i64), 32)), addr) -->
6397/// (store F, addr) and (store I, addr+4)
6398///
6399/// Similarly, splitting for other merged store can also be beneficial, like:
6400/// For pair of {i32, i32}, i64 store --> two i32 stores.
6401/// For pair of {i32, i16}, i64 store --> two i32 stores.
6402/// For pair of {i16, i16}, i32 store --> two i16 stores.
6403/// For pair of {i16, i8}, i32 store --> two i16 stores.
6404/// For pair of {i8, i8}, i16 store --> two i8 stores.
6405///
6406/// We allow each target to determine specifically which kind of splitting is
6407/// supported.
6408///
6409/// The store patterns are commonly seen from the simple code snippet below
6410/// if only std::make_pair(...) is sroa transformed before inlined into hoo.
6411/// void goo(const std::pair<int, float> &);
6412/// hoo() {
6413/// ...
6414/// goo(std::make_pair(tmp, ftmp));
6415/// ...
6416/// }
6417///
6418/// Although we already have similar splitting in DAG Combine, we duplicate
6419/// it in CodeGenPrepare to catch the case in which pattern is across
6420/// multiple BBs. The logic in DAG Combine is kept to catch case generated
6421/// during code expansion.
6422static bool splitMergedValStore(StoreInst &SI, const DataLayout &DL,
6423 const TargetLowering &TLI) {
6424 // Handle simple but common cases only.
6425 Type *StoreType = SI.getValueOperand()->getType();
6426 if (DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(StoreType) != DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StoreType) ||
6427 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StoreType) == 0)
6428 return false;
6429
6430 unsigned HalfValBitSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StoreType) / 2;
6431 Type *SplitStoreType = Type::getIntNTy(SI.getContext(), HalfValBitSize);
6432 if (DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(SplitStoreType) !=
6433 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(SplitStoreType))
6434 return false;
6435
6436 // Match the following patterns:
6437 // (store (or (zext LValue to i64),
6438 // (shl (zext HValue to i64), 32)), HalfValBitSize)
6439 // or
6440 // (store (or (shl (zext HValue to i64), 32)), HalfValBitSize)
6441 // (zext LValue to i64),
6442 // Expect both operands of OR and the first operand of SHL have only
6443 // one use.
6444 Value *LValue, *HValue;
6445 if (!match(SI.getValueOperand(),
6446 m_c_Or(m_OneUse(m_ZExt(m_Value(LValue))),
6447 m_OneUse(m_Shl(m_OneUse(m_ZExt(m_Value(HValue))),
6448 m_SpecificInt(HalfValBitSize))))))
6449 return false;
6450
6451 // Check LValue and HValue are int with size less or equal than 32.
6452 if (!LValue->getType()->isIntegerTy() ||
6453 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(LValue->getType()) > HalfValBitSize ||
6454 !HValue->getType()->isIntegerTy() ||
6455 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(HValue->getType()) > HalfValBitSize)
6456 return false;
6457
6458 // If LValue/HValue is a bitcast instruction, use the EVT before bitcast
6459 // as the input of target query.
6460 auto *LBC = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(LValue);
6461 auto *HBC = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(HValue);
6462 EVT LowTy = LBC ? EVT::getEVT(LBC->getOperand(0)->getType())
6463 : EVT::getEVT(LValue->getType());
6464 EVT HighTy = HBC ? EVT::getEVT(HBC->getOperand(0)->getType())
6465 : EVT::getEVT(HValue->getType());
6466 if (!ForceSplitStore && !TLI.isMultiStoresCheaperThanBitsMerge(LowTy, HighTy))
6467 return false;
6468
6469 // Start to split store.
6470 IRBuilder<> Builder(SI.getContext());
6471 Builder.SetInsertPoint(&SI);
6472
6473 // If LValue/HValue is a bitcast in another BB, create a new one in current
6474 // BB so it may be merged with the splitted stores by dag combiner.
6475 if (LBC && LBC->getParent() != SI.getParent())
6476 LValue = Builder.CreateBitCast(LBC->getOperand(0), LBC->getType());
6477 if (HBC && HBC->getParent() != SI.getParent())
6478 HValue = Builder.CreateBitCast(HBC->getOperand(0), HBC->getType());
6479
Jonas Paulsson5612bb22018-03-13 08:36:20 +00006480 bool IsLE = SI.getModule()->getDataLayout().isLittleEndian();
Wei Mia2f0b592016-12-22 19:44:45 +00006481 auto CreateSplitStore = [&](Value *V, bool Upper) {
6482 V = Builder.CreateZExtOrBitCast(V, SplitStoreType);
6483 Value *Addr = Builder.CreateBitCast(
6484 SI.getOperand(1),
6485 SplitStoreType->getPointerTo(SI.getPointerAddressSpace()));
Jonas Paulsson5612bb22018-03-13 08:36:20 +00006486 if ((IsLE && Upper) || (!IsLE && !Upper))
Wei Mia2f0b592016-12-22 19:44:45 +00006487 Addr = Builder.CreateGEP(
6488 SplitStoreType, Addr,
6489 ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(SI.getContext()), 1));
6490 Builder.CreateAlignedStore(
6491 V, Addr, Upper ? SI.getAlignment() / 2 : SI.getAlignment());
6492 };
6493
6494 CreateSplitStore(LValue, false);
6495 CreateSplitStore(HValue, true);
6496
6497 // Delete the old store.
6498 SI.eraseFromParent();
6499 return true;
6500}
6501
Hiroshi Yamauchi93644322017-09-11 17:52:08 +00006502// Return true if the GEP has two operands, the first operand is of a sequential
6503// type, and the second operand is a constant.
6504static bool GEPSequentialConstIndexed(GetElementPtrInst *GEP) {
6505 gep_type_iterator I = gep_type_begin(*GEP);
6506 return GEP->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
6507 I.isSequential() &&
6508 isa<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(1));
6509}
6510
6511// Try unmerging GEPs to reduce liveness interference (register pressure) across
6512// IndirectBr edges. Since IndirectBr edges tend to touch on many blocks,
6513// reducing liveness interference across those edges benefits global register
6514// allocation. Currently handles only certain cases.
6515//
6516// For example, unmerge %GEPI and %UGEPI as below.
6517//
6518// ---------- BEFORE ----------
6519// SrcBlock:
6520// ...
6521// %GEPIOp = ...
6522// ...
6523// %GEPI = gep %GEPIOp, Idx
6524// ...
6525// indirectbr ... [ label %DstB0, label %DstB1, ... label %DstBi ... ]
6526// (* %GEPI is alive on the indirectbr edges due to other uses ahead)
6527// (* %GEPIOp is alive on the indirectbr edges only because of it's used by
6528// %UGEPI)
6529//
6530// DstB0: ... (there may be a gep similar to %UGEPI to be unmerged)
6531// DstB1: ... (there may be a gep similar to %UGEPI to be unmerged)
6532// ...
6533//
6534// DstBi:
6535// ...
6536// %UGEPI = gep %GEPIOp, UIdx
6537// ...
6538// ---------------------------
6539//
6540// ---------- AFTER ----------
6541// SrcBlock:
6542// ... (same as above)
6543// (* %GEPI is still alive on the indirectbr edges)
6544// (* %GEPIOp is no longer alive on the indirectbr edges as a result of the
6545// unmerging)
6546// ...
6547//
6548// DstBi:
6549// ...
6550// %UGEPI = gep %GEPI, (UIdx-Idx)
6551// ...
6552// ---------------------------
6553//
6554// The register pressure on the IndirectBr edges is reduced because %GEPIOp is
6555// no longer alive on them.
6556//
6557// We try to unmerge GEPs here in CodGenPrepare, as opposed to limiting merging
6558// of GEPs in the first place in InstCombiner::visitGetElementPtrInst() so as
6559// not to disable further simplications and optimizations as a result of GEP
6560// merging.
6561//
6562// Note this unmerging may increase the length of the data flow critical path
6563// (the path from %GEPIOp to %UGEPI would go through %GEPI), which is a tradeoff
6564// between the register pressure and the length of data-flow critical
6565// path. Restricting this to the uncommon IndirectBr case would minimize the
6566// impact of potentially longer critical path, if any, and the impact on compile
6567// time.
6568static bool tryUnmergingGEPsAcrossIndirectBr(GetElementPtrInst *GEPI,
6569 const TargetTransformInfo *TTI) {
6570 BasicBlock *SrcBlock = GEPI->getParent();
6571 // Check that SrcBlock ends with an IndirectBr. If not, give up. The common
6572 // (non-IndirectBr) cases exit early here.
6573 if (!isa<IndirectBrInst>(SrcBlock->getTerminator()))
6574 return false;
6575 // Check that GEPI is a simple gep with a single constant index.
6576 if (!GEPSequentialConstIndexed(GEPI))
6577 return false;
6578 ConstantInt *GEPIIdx = cast<ConstantInt>(GEPI->getOperand(1));
6579 // Check that GEPI is a cheap one.
6580 if (TTI->getIntImmCost(GEPIIdx->getValue(), GEPIIdx->getType())
6581 > TargetTransformInfo::TCC_Basic)
6582 return false;
6583 Value *GEPIOp = GEPI->getOperand(0);
6584 // Check that GEPIOp is an instruction that's also defined in SrcBlock.
6585 if (!isa<Instruction>(GEPIOp))
6586 return false;
6587 auto *GEPIOpI = cast<Instruction>(GEPIOp);
6588 if (GEPIOpI->getParent() != SrcBlock)
6589 return false;
6590 // Check that GEP is used outside the block, meaning it's alive on the
6591 // IndirectBr edge(s).
6592 if (find_if(GEPI->users(), [&](User *Usr) {
6593 if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Usr)) {
6594 if (I->getParent() != SrcBlock) {
6595 return true;
6596 }
6597 }
6598 return false;
6599 }) == GEPI->users().end())
6600 return false;
6601 // The second elements of the GEP chains to be unmerged.
6602 std::vector<GetElementPtrInst *> UGEPIs;
6603 // Check each user of GEPIOp to check if unmerging would make GEPIOp not alive
6604 // on IndirectBr edges.
6605 for (User *Usr : GEPIOp->users()) {
6606 if (Usr == GEPI) continue;
6607 // Check if Usr is an Instruction. If not, give up.
6608 if (!isa<Instruction>(Usr))
6609 return false;
6610 auto *UI = cast<Instruction>(Usr);
6611 // Check if Usr in the same block as GEPIOp, which is fine, skip.
6612 if (UI->getParent() == SrcBlock)
6613 continue;
6614 // Check if Usr is a GEP. If not, give up.
6615 if (!isa<GetElementPtrInst>(Usr))
6616 return false;
6617 auto *UGEPI = cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Usr);
6618 // Check if UGEPI is a simple gep with a single constant index and GEPIOp is
6619 // the pointer operand to it. If so, record it in the vector. If not, give
6620 // up.
6621 if (!GEPSequentialConstIndexed(UGEPI))
6622 return false;
6623 if (UGEPI->getOperand(0) != GEPIOp)
6624 return false;
6625 if (GEPIIdx->getType() !=
6626 cast<ConstantInt>(UGEPI->getOperand(1))->getType())
6627 return false;
6628 ConstantInt *UGEPIIdx = cast<ConstantInt>(UGEPI->getOperand(1));
6629 if (TTI->getIntImmCost(UGEPIIdx->getValue(), UGEPIIdx->getType())
6630 > TargetTransformInfo::TCC_Basic)
6631 return false;
6632 UGEPIs.push_back(UGEPI);
6633 }
6634 if (UGEPIs.size() == 0)
6635 return false;
6636 // Check the materializing cost of (Uidx-Idx).
6637 for (GetElementPtrInst *UGEPI : UGEPIs) {
6638 ConstantInt *UGEPIIdx = cast<ConstantInt>(UGEPI->getOperand(1));
6639 APInt NewIdx = UGEPIIdx->getValue() - GEPIIdx->getValue();
6640 unsigned ImmCost = TTI->getIntImmCost(NewIdx, GEPIIdx->getType());
6641 if (ImmCost > TargetTransformInfo::TCC_Basic)
6642 return false;
6643 }
6644 // Now unmerge between GEPI and UGEPIs.
6645 for (GetElementPtrInst *UGEPI : UGEPIs) {
6646 UGEPI->setOperand(0, GEPI);
6647 ConstantInt *UGEPIIdx = cast<ConstantInt>(UGEPI->getOperand(1));
6648 Constant *NewUGEPIIdx =
6649 ConstantInt::get(GEPIIdx->getType(),
6650 UGEPIIdx->getValue() - GEPIIdx->getValue());
6651 UGEPI->setOperand(1, NewUGEPIIdx);
6652 // If GEPI is not inbounds but UGEPI is inbounds, change UGEPI to not
6653 // inbounds to avoid UB.
6654 if (!GEPI->isInBounds()) {
6655 UGEPI->setIsInBounds(false);
6656 }
6657 }
6658 // After unmerging, verify that GEPIOp is actually only used in SrcBlock (not
6659 // alive on IndirectBr edges).
6660 assert(find_if(GEPIOp->users(), [&](User *Usr) {
6661 return cast<Instruction>(Usr)->getParent() != SrcBlock;
6662 }) == GEPIOp->users().end() && "GEPIOp is used outside SrcBlock");
6663 return true;
6664}
6665
Sanjay Patel3b8974b2017-06-08 20:00:09 +00006666bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeInst(Instruction *I, bool &ModifiedDT) {
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00006667 // Bail out if we inserted the instruction to prevent optimizations from
6668 // stepping on each other's toes.
6669 if (InsertedInsts.count(I))
6670 return false;
6671
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006672 if (PHINode *P = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) {
6673 // It is possible for very late stage optimizations (such as SimplifyCFG)
6674 // to introduce PHI nodes too late to be cleaned up. If we detect such a
6675 // trivial PHI, go ahead and zap it here.
Daniel Berlin4d0fe642017-04-28 19:55:38 +00006676 if (Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(P, {*DL, TLInfo})) {
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006677 P->replaceAllUsesWith(V);
6678 P->eraseFromParent();
6679 ++NumPHIsElim;
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006680 return true;
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006681 }
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006682 return false;
6683 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00006684
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006685 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(I)) {
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006686 // If the source of the cast is a constant, then this should have
6687 // already been constant folded. The only reason NOT to constant fold
6688 // it is if something (e.g. LSR) was careful to place the constant
6689 // evaluation in a block other than then one that uses it (e.g. to hoist
6690 // the address of globals out of a loop). If this is the case, we don't
6691 // want to forward-subst the cast.
6692 if (isa<Constant>(CI->getOperand(0)))
6693 return false;
6694
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00006695 if (TLI && OptimizeNoopCopyExpression(CI, *TLI, *DL))
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006696 return true;
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006697
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006698 if (isa<ZExtInst>(I) || isa<SExtInst>(I)) {
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00006699 /// Sink a zext or sext into its user blocks if the target type doesn't
6700 /// fit in one register
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00006701 if (TLI &&
6702 TLI->getTypeAction(CI->getContext(),
6703 TLI->getValueType(*DL, CI->getType())) ==
6704 TargetLowering::TypeExpandInteger) {
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00006705 return SinkCast(CI);
6706 } else {
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00006707 bool MadeChange = optimizeExt(I);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006708 return MadeChange | optimizeExtUses(I);
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00006709 }
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006710 }
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006711 return false;
6712 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00006713
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006714 if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I))
Hal Finkeldecb0242014-01-02 21:13:43 +00006715 if (!TLI || !TLI->hasMultipleConditionRegisters())
Peter Zotovf87e5502016-04-03 17:11:53 +00006716 return OptimizeCmpExpression(CI, TLI);
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00006717
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006718 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
Sanjoy Das00757272016-12-16 20:29:39 +00006719 LI->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_invariant_group, nullptr);
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00006720 if (TLI) {
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00006721 bool Modified = optimizeLoadExt(LI);
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00006722 unsigned AS = LI->getPointerAddressSpace();
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00006723 Modified |= optimizeMemoryInst(I, I->getOperand(0), LI->getType(), AS);
6724 return Modified;
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00006725 }
Hans Wennborgf3254832012-10-30 11:23:25 +00006726 return false;
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006727 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00006728
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006729 if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) {
Wei Mia2f0b592016-12-22 19:44:45 +00006730 if (TLI && splitMergedValStore(*SI, *DL, *TLI))
6731 return true;
Sanjoy Das00757272016-12-16 20:29:39 +00006732 SI->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_invariant_group, nullptr);
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00006733 if (TLI) {
6734 unsigned AS = SI->getPointerAddressSpace();
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006735 return optimizeMemoryInst(I, SI->getOperand(1),
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00006736 SI->getOperand(0)->getType(), AS);
6737 }
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006738 return false;
6739 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00006740
Matt Arsenault02d915b2017-03-15 22:35:20 +00006741 if (AtomicRMWInst *RMW = dyn_cast<AtomicRMWInst>(I)) {
6742 unsigned AS = RMW->getPointerAddressSpace();
6743 return optimizeMemoryInst(I, RMW->getPointerOperand(),
6744 RMW->getType(), AS);
6745 }
6746
6747 if (AtomicCmpXchgInst *CmpX = dyn_cast<AtomicCmpXchgInst>(I)) {
6748 unsigned AS = CmpX->getPointerAddressSpace();
6749 return optimizeMemoryInst(I, CmpX->getPointerOperand(),
6750 CmpX->getCompareOperand()->getType(), AS);
6751 }
6752
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00006753 BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I);
6754
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +00006755 if (BinOp && (BinOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) &&
6756 EnableAndCmpSinking && TLI)
6757 return sinkAndCmp0Expression(BinOp, *TLI, InsertedInsts);
6758
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00006759 if (BinOp && (BinOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr ||
6760 BinOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr)) {
6761 ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BinOp->getOperand(1));
6762 if (TLI && CI && TLI->hasExtractBitsInsn())
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00006763 return OptimizeExtractBits(BinOp, CI, *TLI, *DL);
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00006764
6765 return false;
6766 }
6767
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006768 if (GetElementPtrInst *GEPI = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(I)) {
Cameron Zwarichd28c78e2011-01-06 02:44:52 +00006769 if (GEPI->hasAllZeroIndices()) {
6770 /// The GEP operand must be a pointer, so must its result -> BitCast
6771 Instruction *NC = new BitCastInst(GEPI->getOperand(0), GEPI->getType(),
6772 GEPI->getName(), GEPI);
Vedant Kumar40399a22018-05-24 23:00:21 +00006773 NC->setDebugLoc(GEPI->getDebugLoc());
Cameron Zwarichd28c78e2011-01-06 02:44:52 +00006774 GEPI->replaceAllUsesWith(NC);
6775 GEPI->eraseFromParent();
6776 ++NumGEPsElim;
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006777 optimizeInst(NC, ModifiedDT);
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006778 return true;
Cameron Zwarichd28c78e2011-01-06 02:44:52 +00006779 }
Hiroshi Yamauchi93644322017-09-11 17:52:08 +00006780 if (tryUnmergingGEPsAcrossIndirectBr(GEPI, TTI)) {
6781 return true;
6782 }
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006783 return false;
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006784 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00006785
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006786 if (CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(I))
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006787 return optimizeCallInst(CI, ModifiedDT);
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006788
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00006789 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(I))
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006790 return optimizeSelectInst(SI);
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00006791
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00006792 if (ShuffleVectorInst *SVI = dyn_cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(I))
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006793 return optimizeShuffleVectorInst(SVI);
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00006794
Sanjay Patel0ed9aea2015-11-02 23:22:49 +00006795 if (auto *Switch = dyn_cast<SwitchInst>(I))
6796 return optimizeSwitchInst(Switch);
6797
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006798 if (isa<ExtractElementInst>(I))
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006799 return optimizeExtractElementInst(I);
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006800
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006801 return false;
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006802}
6803
James Molloyf01488e2016-01-15 09:20:19 +00006804/// Given an OR instruction, check to see if this is a bitreverse
6805/// idiom. If so, insert the new intrinsic and return true.
6806static bool makeBitReverse(Instruction &I, const DataLayout &DL,
6807 const TargetLowering &TLI) {
6808 if (!I.getType()->isIntegerTy() ||
6809 !TLI.isOperationLegalOrCustom(ISD::BITREVERSE,
6810 TLI.getValueType(DL, I.getType(), true)))
6811 return false;
6812
6813 SmallVector<Instruction*, 4> Insts;
Chad Rosiera00df492016-05-25 16:22:14 +00006814 if (!recognizeBSwapOrBitReverseIdiom(&I, false, true, Insts))
James Molloyf01488e2016-01-15 09:20:19 +00006815 return false;
6816 Instruction *LastInst = Insts.back();
6817 I.replaceAllUsesWith(LastInst);
6818 RecursivelyDeleteTriviallyDeadInstructions(&I);
6819 return true;
6820}
6821
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00006822// In this pass we look for GEP and cast instructions that are used
6823// across basic blocks and rewrite them to improve basic-block-at-a-time
6824// selection.
Sanjay Patel3b8974b2017-06-08 20:00:09 +00006825bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeBlock(BasicBlock &BB, bool &ModifiedDT) {
Cameron Zwarichce3b9302011-01-06 00:42:50 +00006826 SunkAddrs.clear();
Cameron Zwarich5dd2aa22011-03-02 03:31:46 +00006827 bool MadeChange = false;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00006828
Chris Lattner7a277142011-01-15 07:14:54 +00006829 CurInstIterator = BB.begin();
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00006830 while (CurInstIterator != BB.end()) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00006831 MadeChange |= optimizeInst(&*CurInstIterator++, ModifiedDT);
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00006832 if (ModifiedDT)
6833 return true;
6834 }
Benjamin Kramer455fa352012-11-23 19:17:06 +00006835
James Molloyf01488e2016-01-15 09:20:19 +00006836 bool MadeBitReverse = true;
6837 while (TLI && MadeBitReverse) {
6838 MadeBitReverse = false;
6839 for (auto &I : reverse(BB)) {
6840 if (makeBitReverse(I, *DL, *TLI)) {
6841 MadeBitReverse = MadeChange = true;
George Burgess IVd4febd12016-03-22 21:25:08 +00006842 ModifiedDT = true;
James Molloyf01488e2016-01-15 09:20:19 +00006843 break;
6844 }
6845 }
6846 }
James Molloy3ef84c42016-01-15 10:36:01 +00006847 MadeChange |= dupRetToEnableTailCallOpts(&BB);
Junmo Park7d6c5f12016-01-28 09:42:39 +00006848
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00006849 return MadeChange;
6850}
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00006851
6852// llvm.dbg.value is far away from the value then iSel may not be able
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00006853// handle it properly. iSel will drop llvm.dbg.value if it can not
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00006854// find a node corresponding to the value.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006855bool CodeGenPrepare::placeDbgValues(Function &F) {
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00006856 bool MadeChange = false;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith5914a972015-01-08 20:44:33 +00006857 for (BasicBlock &BB : F) {
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00006858 Instruction *PrevNonDbgInst = nullptr;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith5914a972015-01-08 20:44:33 +00006859 for (BasicBlock::iterator BI = BB.begin(), BE = BB.end(); BI != BE;) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00006860 Instruction *Insn = &*BI++;
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00006861 DbgValueInst *DVI = dyn_cast<DbgValueInst>(Insn);
Adrian Prantl32da8892014-04-25 20:49:25 +00006862 // Leave dbg.values that refer to an alloca alone. These
Craig Topper87e715f2017-11-07 20:56:17 +00006863 // intrinsics describe the address of a variable (= the alloca)
Adrian Prantl32da8892014-04-25 20:49:25 +00006864 // being taken. They should not be moved next to the alloca
6865 // (and to the beginning of the scope), but rather stay close to
6866 // where said address is used.
6867 if (!DVI || (DVI->getValue() && isa<AllocaInst>(DVI->getValue()))) {
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00006868 PrevNonDbgInst = Insn;
6869 continue;
6870 }
6871
6872 Instruction *VI = dyn_cast_or_null<Instruction>(DVI->getValue());
6873 if (VI && VI != PrevNonDbgInst && !VI->isTerminator()) {
Reid Kleckner8de1fe22015-12-08 23:00:03 +00006874 // If VI is a phi in a block with an EHPad terminator, we can't insert
6875 // after it.
6876 if (isa<PHINode>(VI) && VI->getParent()->getTerminator()->isEHPad())
6877 continue;
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00006878 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Moving Debug Value before :\n"
6879 << *DVI << ' ' << *VI);
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00006880 DVI->removeFromParent();
Reid Klecknere18f92b2015-12-08 22:33:23 +00006881 if (isa<PHINode>(VI))
6882 DVI->insertBefore(&*VI->getParent()->getFirstInsertionPt());
6883 else
6884 DVI->insertAfter(VI);
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00006885 MadeChange = true;
6886 ++NumDbgValueMoved;
6887 }
6888 }
6889 }
6890 return MadeChange;
6891}
Tim Northovercea0abb2014-03-29 08:22:29 +00006892
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006893/// Scale down both weights to fit into uint32_t.
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006894static void scaleWeights(uint64_t &NewTrue, uint64_t &NewFalse) {
6895 uint64_t NewMax = (NewTrue > NewFalse) ? NewTrue : NewFalse;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00006896 uint32_t Scale = (NewMax / std::numeric_limits<uint32_t>::max()) + 1;
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006897 NewTrue = NewTrue / Scale;
6898 NewFalse = NewFalse / Scale;
6899}
6900
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006901/// Some targets prefer to split a conditional branch like:
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006902/// \code
6903/// %0 = icmp ne i32 %a, 0
6904/// %1 = icmp ne i32 %b, 0
6905/// %or.cond = or i1 %0, %1
6906/// br i1 %or.cond, label %TrueBB, label %FalseBB
6907/// \endcode
6908/// into multiple branch instructions like:
6909/// \code
6910/// bb1:
6911/// %0 = icmp ne i32 %a, 0
6912/// br i1 %0, label %TrueBB, label %bb2
6913/// bb2:
6914/// %1 = icmp ne i32 %b, 0
6915/// br i1 %1, label %TrueBB, label %FalseBB
6916/// \endcode
6917/// This usually allows instruction selection to do even further optimizations
6918/// and combine the compare with the branch instruction. Currently this is
6919/// applied for targets which have "cheap" jump instructions.
6920///
6921/// FIXME: Remove the (equivalent?) implementation in SelectionDAG.
6922///
6923bool CodeGenPrepare::splitBranchCondition(Function &F) {
David Blaikiedc3f01e2015-03-09 01:57:13 +00006924 if (!TM || !TM->Options.EnableFastISel || !TLI || TLI->isJumpExpensive())
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006925 return false;
6926
6927 bool MadeChange = false;
6928 for (auto &BB : F) {
6929 // Does this BB end with the following?
6930 // %cond1 = icmp|fcmp|binary instruction ...
6931 // %cond2 = icmp|fcmp|binary instruction ...
6932 // %cond.or = or|and i1 %cond1, cond2
6933 // br i1 %cond.or label %dest1, label %dest2"
6934 BinaryOperator *LogicOp;
6935 BasicBlock *TBB, *FBB;
6936 if (!match(BB.getTerminator(), m_Br(m_OneUse(m_BinOp(LogicOp)), TBB, FBB)))
6937 continue;
6938
Sanjay Patel42574202015-09-02 19:23:23 +00006939 auto *Br1 = cast<BranchInst>(BB.getTerminator());
6940 if (Br1->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_unpredictable))
6941 continue;
6942
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006943 unsigned Opc;
Juergen Ributzka8bda7382014-12-09 17:50:10 +00006944 Value *Cond1, *Cond2;
6945 if (match(LogicOp, m_And(m_OneUse(m_Value(Cond1)),
6946 m_OneUse(m_Value(Cond2)))))
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006947 Opc = Instruction::And;
Juergen Ributzka8bda7382014-12-09 17:50:10 +00006948 else if (match(LogicOp, m_Or(m_OneUse(m_Value(Cond1)),
6949 m_OneUse(m_Value(Cond2)))))
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006950 Opc = Instruction::Or;
6951 else
6952 continue;
6953
6954 if (!match(Cond1, m_CombineOr(m_Cmp(), m_BinOp())) ||
6955 !match(Cond2, m_CombineOr(m_Cmp(), m_BinOp())) )
6956 continue;
6957
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00006958 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Before branch condition splitting\n"; BB.dump());
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006959
6960 // Create a new BB.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smitha848c472016-02-21 19:52:15 +00006961 auto TmpBB =
6962 BasicBlock::Create(BB.getContext(), BB.getName() + ".cond.split",
6963 BB.getParent(), BB.getNextNode());
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006964
6965 // Update original basic block by using the first condition directly by the
6966 // branch instruction and removing the no longer needed and/or instruction.
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006967 Br1->setCondition(Cond1);
6968 LogicOp->eraseFromParent();
Juergen Ributzka8bda7382014-12-09 17:50:10 +00006969
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00006970 // Depending on the condition we have to either replace the true or the
6971 // false successor of the original branch instruction.
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006972 if (Opc == Instruction::And)
6973 Br1->setSuccessor(0, TmpBB);
6974 else
6975 Br1->setSuccessor(1, TmpBB);
6976
6977 // Fill in the new basic block.
6978 auto *Br2 = IRBuilder<>(TmpBB).CreateCondBr(Cond2, TBB, FBB);
Juergen Ributzka8bda7382014-12-09 17:50:10 +00006979 if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Cond2)) {
6980 I->removeFromParent();
6981 I->insertBefore(Br2);
6982 }
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006983
6984 // Update PHI nodes in both successors. The original BB needs to be
Hiroshi Inoue6a391bb2017-06-27 10:35:37 +00006985 // replaced in one successor's PHI nodes, because the branch comes now from
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006986 // the newly generated BB (NewBB). In the other successor we need to add one
6987 // incoming edge to the PHI nodes, because both branch instructions target
6988 // now the same successor. Depending on the original branch condition
6989 // (and/or) we have to swap the successors (TrueDest, FalseDest), so that
Simon Pilgrimf2fbf432016-11-20 13:47:59 +00006990 // we perform the correct update for the PHI nodes.
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006991 // This doesn't change the successor order of the just created branch
6992 // instruction (or any other instruction).
6993 if (Opc == Instruction::Or)
6994 std::swap(TBB, FBB);
6995
6996 // Replace the old BB with the new BB.
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +00006997 for (PHINode &PN : TBB->phis()) {
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006998 int i;
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +00006999 while ((i = PN.getBasicBlockIndex(&BB)) >= 0)
7000 PN.setIncomingBlock(i, TmpBB);
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00007001 }
7002
7003 // Add another incoming edge form the new BB.
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +00007004 for (PHINode &PN : FBB->phis()) {
7005 auto *Val = PN.getIncomingValueForBlock(&BB);
7006 PN.addIncoming(Val, TmpBB);
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00007007 }
7008
7009 // Update the branch weights (from SelectionDAGBuilder::
7010 // FindMergedConditions).
7011 if (Opc == Instruction::Or) {
7012 // Codegen X | Y as:
7013 // BB1:
7014 // jmp_if_X TBB
7015 // jmp TmpBB
7016 // TmpBB:
7017 // jmp_if_Y TBB
7018 // jmp FBB
7019 //
7020
7021 // We have flexibility in setting Prob for BB1 and Prob for NewBB.
7022 // The requirement is that
7023 // TrueProb for BB1 + (FalseProb for BB1 * TrueProb for TmpBB)
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00007024 // = TrueProb for original BB.
7025 // Assuming the original weights are A and B, one choice is to set BB1's
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00007026 // weights to A and A+2B, and set TmpBB's weights to A and 2B. This choice
7027 // assumes that
7028 // TrueProb for BB1 == FalseProb for BB1 * TrueProb for TmpBB.
7029 // Another choice is to assume TrueProb for BB1 equals to TrueProb for
7030 // TmpBB, but the math is more complicated.
7031 uint64_t TrueWeight, FalseWeight;
Sanjay Pateldc88bd62016-04-23 20:01:22 +00007032 if (Br1->extractProfMetadata(TrueWeight, FalseWeight)) {
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00007033 uint64_t NewTrueWeight = TrueWeight;
7034 uint64_t NewFalseWeight = TrueWeight + 2 * FalseWeight;
7035 scaleWeights(NewTrueWeight, NewFalseWeight);
7036 Br1->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_prof, MDBuilder(Br1->getContext())
7037 .createBranchWeights(TrueWeight, FalseWeight));
7038
7039 NewTrueWeight = TrueWeight;
7040 NewFalseWeight = 2 * FalseWeight;
7041 scaleWeights(NewTrueWeight, NewFalseWeight);
7042 Br2->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_prof, MDBuilder(Br2->getContext())
7043 .createBranchWeights(TrueWeight, FalseWeight));
7044 }
7045 } else {
7046 // Codegen X & Y as:
7047 // BB1:
7048 // jmp_if_X TmpBB
7049 // jmp FBB
7050 // TmpBB:
7051 // jmp_if_Y TBB
7052 // jmp FBB
7053 //
7054 // This requires creation of TmpBB after CurBB.
7055
7056 // We have flexibility in setting Prob for BB1 and Prob for TmpBB.
7057 // The requirement is that
7058 // FalseProb for BB1 + (TrueProb for BB1 * FalseProb for TmpBB)
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00007059 // = FalseProb for original BB.
7060 // Assuming the original weights are A and B, one choice is to set BB1's
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00007061 // weights to 2A+B and B, and set TmpBB's weights to 2A and B. This choice
7062 // assumes that
7063 // FalseProb for BB1 == TrueProb for BB1 * FalseProb for TmpBB.
7064 uint64_t TrueWeight, FalseWeight;
Sanjay Pateldc88bd62016-04-23 20:01:22 +00007065 if (Br1->extractProfMetadata(TrueWeight, FalseWeight)) {
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00007066 uint64_t NewTrueWeight = 2 * TrueWeight + FalseWeight;
7067 uint64_t NewFalseWeight = FalseWeight;
7068 scaleWeights(NewTrueWeight, NewFalseWeight);
7069 Br1->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_prof, MDBuilder(Br1->getContext())
7070 .createBranchWeights(TrueWeight, FalseWeight));
7071
7072 NewTrueWeight = 2 * TrueWeight;
7073 NewFalseWeight = FalseWeight;
7074 scaleWeights(NewTrueWeight, NewFalseWeight);
7075 Br2->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_prof, MDBuilder(Br2->getContext())
7076 .createBranchWeights(TrueWeight, FalseWeight));
7077 }
7078 }
7079
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00007080 // Note: No point in getting fancy here, since the DT info is never
Quentin Colombet7bdd50d2015-03-18 23:17:28 +00007081 // available to CodeGenPrepare.
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00007082 ModifiedDT = true;
7083
7084 MadeChange = true;
7085
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00007086 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "After branch condition splitting\n"; BB.dump();
7087 TmpBB->dump());
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00007088 }
7089 return MadeChange;
7090}